
=begin コメント

libguestfs generated file
 WARNING: THIS FILE IS GENERATED FROM THE FOLLOWING FILES:
          generator/c.ml
          and from the code in the generator/ subdirectory.
 ANY CHANGES YOU MAKE TO THIS FILE WILL BE LOST.

 Copyright (C) 2009-2020 Red Hat Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 (at your option) any later version.

 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.

 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.

=end コメント

=head2 guestfs_acl_delete_def_file

 int
 guestfs_acl_delete_def_file (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *dir);

この関数はディレクトリー C<dir> に設定されている標準の POSIX アクセス制御リスト (ACL: Access Control List)
を削除します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<acl>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.19.63)

=head2 guestfs_acl_get_file

 char *
 guestfs_acl_get_file (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       const char *acltype);

This function returns the POSIX Access Control List (ACL) attached to
C<path>.  The ACL is returned in "long text form" (see L<acl(5)>).

The C<acltype> parameter may be:

=over 4

=item C<access>

Return the ordinary (access) ACL for any file, directory or other filesystem
object.

=item C<default>

Return the default ACL.  Normally this only makes sense if C<path> is a
directory.

=back

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<acl>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.19.63)

=head2 guestfs_acl_set_file

 int
 guestfs_acl_set_file (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       const char *acltype,
                       const char *acl);

This function sets the POSIX Access Control List (ACL) attached to C<path>.

The C<acltype> parameter may be:

=over 4

=item C<access>

Set the ordinary (access) ACL for any file, directory or other filesystem
object.

=item C<default>

Set the default ACL.  Normally this only makes sense if C<path> is a
directory.

=back

The C<acl> parameter is the new ACL in either "long text form" or "short
text form" (see L<acl(5)>).  The new ACL completely replaces any previous
ACL on the file.  The ACL must contain the full Unix permissions
(eg. C<u::rwx,g::rx,o::rx>).

If you are specifying individual users or groups, then the mask field is
also required (eg. C<m::rwx>), followed by the C<u:I<ID>:...> and/or
C<g:I<ID>:...> field(s).  A full ACL string might therefore look like this:

 u::rwx,g::rwx,o::rwx,m::rwx,u:500:rwx,g:500:rwx
 \ Unix permissions / \mask/ \      ACL        /

You should use numeric UIDs and GIDs.  To map usernames and groupnames to
the correct numeric ID in the context of the guest, use the Augeas functions
(see C<guestfs_aug_init>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<acl>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.19.63)

=head2 guestfs_add_cdrom

 int
 guestfs_add_cdrom (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *filename);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_add_drive_ro> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

この関数は仮想 CD-ROM ディスクイメージを仮想マシンに追加します。

The image is added as read-only drive, so this function is equivalent of
C<guestfs_add_drive_ro>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_domain

 int
 guestfs_add_domain (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *dom,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_LIBVIRTURI, const char *libvirturi,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_READONLY, int readonly,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_IFACE, const char *iface,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_LIVE, int live,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_ALLOWUUID, int allowuuid,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_READONLYDISK, const char *readonlydisk,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_CACHEMODE, const char *cachemode,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_DISCARD, const char *discard,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DOMAIN_COPYONREAD, int copyonread,

This function adds the disk(s) attached to the named libvirt domain C<dom>.
It works by connecting to libvirt, requesting the domain and domain XML from
libvirt, parsing it for disks, and calling C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> on each
one.

The number of disks added is returned.  This operation is atomic: if an
error is returned, then no disks are added.

This function does some minimal checks to make sure the libvirt domain is
not running (unless C<readonly> is true).  In a future version we will try
to acquire the libvirt lock on each disk.

Disks must be accessible locally.  This often means that adding disks from a
remote libvirt connection (see L<https://libvirt.org/remote.html>)  will
fail unless those disks are accessible via the same device path locally too.

The optional C<libvirturi> parameter sets the libvirt URI (see
L<https://libvirt.org/uri.html>).  If this is not set then we connect to the
default libvirt URI (or one set through an environment variable, see the
libvirt documentation for full details).

The optional C<live> flag controls whether this call will try to connect to
a running virtual machine C<guestfsd> process if it sees a suitable
E<lt>channelE<gt> element in the libvirt XML definition.  The default (if
the flag is omitted) is never to try.  See L<guestfs(3)/ATTACHING TO RUNNING
DAEMONS> for more information.

If the C<allowuuid> flag is true (default is false) then a UUID I<may> be
passed instead of the domain name.  The C<dom> string is treated as a UUID
first and looked up, and if that lookup fails then we treat C<dom> as a name
as usual.

The optional C<readonlydisk> parameter controls what we do for disks which
are marked E<lt>readonly/E<gt> in the libvirt XML.  Possible values are:

=over 4

=item readonlydisk = "error"

C<readonly> が偽ならば:

The whole call is aborted with an error if any disk with the
E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag is found.

C<readonly> が真ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグを持つディスクは読み込み専用で追加されます。

=item readonlydisk = "read"

C<readonly> が偽ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグを持つディスクは読み込み専用で追加されます。他のディスクは読み書き用で追加されます。

C<readonly> が真ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグを持つディスクは読み込み専用で追加されます。

=item readonlydisk = "write" (デフォルト)

C<readonly> が偽ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグを持つディスクは読み書き用で追加されます。

C<readonly> が真ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグを持つディスクは読み込み専用で追加されます。

=item readonlydisk = "ignore"

C<readonly> が真または偽ならば:

E<lt>readonly/E<gt> フラグのあるディスクはスキップされます

=back

If present, the value of C<logical_block_size> attribute of
E<lt>blockio/E<gt> tag in libvirt XML will be passed as C<blocksize>
parameter to C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.

他のオプションパラメーターは C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> にそのまま渡されます。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.7.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_domain_va

 int
 guestfs_add_domain_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *dom,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_add_domain> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_domain_argv

 int
 guestfs_add_domain_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *dom,
                          const struct guestfs_add_domain_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_add_domain> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_drive

 int
 guestfs_add_drive (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *filename);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_add_drive_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(0.3 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_add_drive_opts

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *filename,
                         ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_READONLY, int readonly,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_FORMAT, const char *format,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_IFACE, const char *iface,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_NAME, const char *name,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_PROTOCOL, const char *protocol,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_SERVER, char *const *server,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_USERNAME, const char *username,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_SECRET, const char *secret,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_CACHEMODE, const char *cachemode,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_DISCARD, const char *discard,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_COPYONREAD, int copyonread,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_BLOCKSIZE, int blocksize,

This function adds a disk image called F<filename> to the handle.
F<filename> may be a regular host file or a host device.

When this function is called before C<guestfs_launch> (the usual case) then
the first time you call this function, the disk appears in the API as
F</dev/sda>, the second time as F</dev/sdb>, and so on.

In libguestfs E<ge> 1.20 you can also call this function after launch (with
some restrictions).  This is called "hotplugging".  When hotplugging, you
must specify a C<label> so that the new disk gets a predictable name.  For
more information see L<guestfs(3)/HOTPLUGGING>.

You don't necessarily need to be root when using libguestfs.  However you
obviously do need sufficient permissions to access the filename for whatever
operations you want to perform (ie. read access if you just want to read the
image or write access if you want to modify the image).

This call checks that F<filename> exists.

F<filename> may be the special string C<"/dev/null">.  See L<guestfs(3)/NULL
DISKS>.

オプション引数は次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<readonly>

If true then the image is treated as read-only.  Writes are still allowed,
but they are stored in a temporary snapshot overlay which is discarded at
the end.  The disk that you add is not modified.

=item C<format>

This forces the image format.  If you omit this (or use C<guestfs_add_drive>
or C<guestfs_add_drive_ro>) then the format is automatically detected.
Possible formats include C<raw> and C<qcow2>.

Automatic detection of the format opens you up to a potential security hole
when dealing with untrusted raw-format images.  See CVE-2010-3851 and
RHBZ#642934.  Specifying the format closes this security hole.

=item C<iface>

This rarely-used option lets you emulate the behaviour of the deprecated
C<guestfs_add_drive_with_if> call (q.v.)

=item C<name>

The name the drive had in the original guest, e.g. F</dev/sdb>.  This is
used as a hint to the guest inspection process if it is available.

=item C<label>

Give the disk a label.  The label should be a unique, short string using
I<only> ASCII characters C<[a-zA-Z]>.  As well as its usual name in the API
(such as F</dev/sda>), the drive will also be named
F</dev/disk/guestfs/I<label>>.

L<guestfs(3)/ディスクラベル>を参照してください。

=item C<protocol>

The optional protocol argument can be used to select an alternate source
protocol.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/REMOTE STORAGE>.

=over 4

=item C<protocol = "file">

F<filename> is interpreted as a local file or device.  This is the default
if the optional protocol parameter is omitted.

=item C<protocol = "ftp"|"ftps"|"http"|"https"|"tftp">

Connect to a remote FTP, HTTP or TFTP server.  The C<server> parameter must
also be supplied - see below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/FTP, HTTP AND TFTP>

=item C<protocol = "gluster">

Connect to the GlusterFS server.  The C<server> parameter must also be
supplied - see below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/GLUSTER>

=item C<protocol = "iscsi">

Connect to the iSCSI server.  The C<server> parameter must also be supplied
- see below.  The C<username> parameter may be supplied.  See below.  The
C<secret> parameter may be supplied.  See below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/ISCSI>.

=item C<protocol = "nbd">

Connect to the Network Block Device server.  The C<server> parameter must
also be supplied - see below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/NETWORK BLOCK DEVICE>.

=item C<protocol = "rbd">

Connect to the Ceph (librbd/RBD) server.  The C<server> parameter must also
be supplied - see below.  The C<username> parameter may be supplied.  See
below.  The C<secret> parameter may be supplied.  See below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/CEPH>.

=item C<protocol = "sheepdog">

Connect to the Sheepdog server.  The C<server> parameter may also be
supplied - see below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/SHEEPDOG>.

=item C<protocol = "ssh">

Connect to the Secure Shell (ssh) server.

The C<server> parameter must be supplied.  The C<username> parameter may be
supplied.  See below.

See also: L<guestfs(3)/SSH>.

=back

=item C<server>

For protocols which require access to a remote server, this is a list of
server(s).

 Protocol       Number of servers required
 --------       --------------------------
 file           List must be empty or param not used at all
 ftp|ftps|http|https|tftp  Exactly one
 gluster        Exactly one
 iscsi          Exactly one
 nbd            Exactly one
 rbd            Zero or more
 sheepdog       Zero or more
 ssh            Exactly one

Each list element is a string specifying a server.  The string must be in
one of the following formats:

 hostname
 hostname:port
 tcp:hostname
 tcp:hostname:port
 unix:/path/to/socket

If the port number is omitted, then the standard port number for the
protocol is used (see F</etc/services>).

=item C<username>

For the C<ftp>, C<ftps>, C<http>, C<https>, C<iscsi>, C<rbd>, C<ssh> and
C<tftp> protocols, this specifies the remote username.

If not given, then the local username is used for C<ssh>, and no
authentication is attempted for ceph.  But note this sometimes may give
unexpected results, for example if using the libvirt backend and if the
libvirt backend is configured to start the qemu appliance as a special user
such as C<qemu.qemu>.  If in doubt, specify the remote username you want.

=item C<secret>

For the C<rbd> protocol only, this specifies the ‘secret’ to use when
connecting to the remote device.  It must be base64 encoded.

If not given, then a secret matching the given username will be looked up in
the default keychain locations, or if no username is given, then no
authentication will be used.

=item C<cachemode>

Choose whether or not libguestfs will obey sync operations (safe but slow)
or not (unsafe but fast).  The possible values for this string are:

=over 4

=item C<cachemode = "writeback">

これがデフォルトです。

Write operations in the API do not return until a L<write(2)> call has
completed in the host [but note this does not imply that anything gets
written to disk].

Sync operations in the API, including implicit syncs caused by filesystem
journalling, will not return until an L<fdatasync(2)> call has completed in
the host, indicating that data has been committed to disk.

=item C<cachemode = "unsafe">

In this mode, there are no guarantees.  Libguestfs may cache anything and
ignore sync requests.  This is suitable only for scratch or temporary disks.

=back

=item C<discard>

Enable or disable discard (a.k.a. trim or unmap) support on this drive.  If
enabled, operations such as C<guestfs_fstrim> will be able to discard / make
thin / punch holes in the underlying host file or device.

Possible discard settings are:

=over 4

=item C<discard = "disable">

Disable discard support.  This is the default.

=item C<discard = "enable">

Enable discard support.  Fail if discard is not possible.

=item C<discard = "besteffort">

Enable discard support if possible, but don't fail if it is not supported.

Since not all backends and not all underlying systems support discard, this
is a good choice if you want to use discard if possible, but don't mind if
it doesn't work.

=back

=item C<copyonread>

The boolean parameter C<copyonread> enables copy-on-read support.  This only
affects disk formats which have backing files, and causes reads to be stored
in the overlay layer, speeding up multiple reads of the same area of disk.

The default is false.

=item C<blocksize>

This parameter sets the sector size of the disk.  Possible values are C<512>
(the default if the parameter is omitted) or C<4096>.  Use C<4096> when
handling an "Advanced Format" disk that uses 4K sector size
(L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Format>).

Only a subset of the backends support this parameter (currently only the
libvirt and direct backends do).

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *filename,
                            va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_add_drive_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *filename,
                              const struct guestfs_add_drive_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_add_drive_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_ro

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_ro (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *filename);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を使用してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.38 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_ro_with_if

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_ro_with_if (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *filename,
                               const char *iface);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_add_drive>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is the same as C<guestfs_add_drive_ro> but it allows you to specify the
QEMU interface emulation to use at run time.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.84 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_scratch

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_scratch (guestfs_h *g,
                            int64_t size,
                            ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_SCRATCH_NAME, const char *name,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_SCRATCH_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_SCRATCH_BLOCKSIZE, int blocksize,

This command adds a temporary scratch drive to the handle.  The C<size>
parameter is the virtual size (in bytes).  The scratch drive is blank
initially (all reads return zeroes until you start writing to it).  The
drive is deleted when the handle is closed.

The optional arguments C<name>, C<label> and C<blocksize> are passed through
to C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.23.10)

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_scratch_va

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_scratch_va (guestfs_h *g,
                               int64_t size,
                               va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_add_drive_scratch>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_scratch_argv

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_scratch_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                 int64_t size,
                                 const struct guestfs_add_drive_scratch_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_add_drive_scratch>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_drive_with_if

 int
 guestfs_add_drive_with_if (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *filename,
                            const char *iface);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_add_drive>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is the same as C<guestfs_add_drive> but it allows you to specify the
QEMU interface emulation to use at run time.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.84 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom

 int
 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom (guestfs_h *g,
                          void * /* really virDomainPtr */ dom,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_READONLY, int readonly,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_IFACE, const char *iface,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_LIVE, int live,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_READONLYDISK, const char *readonlydisk,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_CACHEMODE, const char *cachemode,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_DISCARD, const char *discard,
 GUESTFS_ADD_LIBVIRT_DOM_COPYONREAD, int copyonread,

This function adds the disk(s) attached to the libvirt domain C<dom>.  It
works by requesting the domain XML from libvirt, parsing it for disks, and
calling C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> on each one.

In the C API we declare C<void *dom>, but really it has type C<virDomainPtr
dom>.  This is so we don't need E<lt>libvirt.hE<gt>.

The number of disks added is returned.  This operation is atomic: if an
error is returned, then no disks are added.

This function does some minimal checks to make sure the libvirt domain is
not running (unless C<readonly> is true).  In a future version we will try
to acquire the libvirt lock on each disk.

Disks must be accessible locally.  This often means that adding disks from a
remote libvirt connection (see L<https://libvirt.org/remote.html>)  will
fail unless those disks are accessible via the same device path locally too.

The optional C<live> flag controls whether this call will try to connect to
a running virtual machine C<guestfsd> process if it sees a suitable
E<lt>channelE<gt> element in the libvirt XML definition.  The default (if
the flag is omitted) is never to try.  See L<guestfs(3)/ATTACHING TO RUNNING
DAEMONS> for more information.

The optional C<readonlydisk> parameter controls what we do for disks which
are marked E<lt>readonly/E<gt> in the libvirt XML.  See
C<guestfs_add_domain> for possible values.

If present, the value of C<logical_block_size> attribute of
E<lt>blockio/E<gt> tag in libvirt XML will be passed as C<blocksize>
parameter to C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.

他のオプションパラメーターは C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> にそのまま渡されます。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.14)

=head2 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom_va

 int
 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             void * /* really virDomainPtr */ dom,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_add_libvirt_dom>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom_argv

 int
 guestfs_add_libvirt_dom_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               void * /* really virDomainPtr */ dom,
                               const struct guestfs_add_libvirt_dom_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_add_libvirt_dom>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_aug_clear

 int
 guestfs_aug_clear (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *augpath);

Set the value associated with C<path> to C<NULL>.  This is the same as the
L<augtool(1)> C<clear> command.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_close

 int
 guestfs_aug_close (guestfs_h *g);

Close the current Augeas handle and free up any resources used by it.  After
calling this, you have to call C<guestfs_aug_init> again before you can use
any other Augeas functions.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_defnode

 struct guestfs_int_bool *
 guestfs_aug_defnode (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *name,
                      const char *expr,
                      const char *val);

その値が C<expr> を評価した結果である変数 C<name> を定義します。

If C<expr> evaluates to an empty nodeset, a node is created, equivalent to
calling C<guestfs_aug_set> C<expr>, C<val>.  C<name> will be the nodeset
containing that single node.

成功した場合、ノードセットに含まれるノード数を含むペアが返されます。また、ノードが作成されたかどうかの論理フラグが返されます。

この関数は C<struct guestfs_int_bool *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_int_bool> を呼び出す必要があります>。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_defvar

 int
 guestfs_aug_defvar (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *name,
                     const char *expr);

C<expr> を評価した結果の値である Augeas 変数 C<name> を定義します。 C<expr> が NULL ならば、 C<name>
が定義されません。

成功した場合、C<expr> にあるノード数が返されます。または、C<expr> がノードセット以外のものであると評価された場合、C<0>
が返されます。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_get

 char *
 guestfs_aug_get (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *augpath);

C<path> と関連づけられた値を検索します。C<path> がちょうど一つのノードと一致した場合、C<value> が返されます。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_init

 int
 guestfs_aug_init (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *root,
                   int flags);

Create a new Augeas handle for editing configuration files.  If there was
any previous Augeas handle associated with this guestfs session, then it is
closed.

あらゆる他の C<guestfs_aug_*> コマンドを使用する前に、これを呼び出す必要があります。

C<root> is the filesystem root.  C<root> must not be NULL, use F</> instead.

The flags are the same as the flags defined in E<lt>augeas.hE<gt>, the
logical I<or> of the following integers:

=over 4

=item C<AUG_SAVE_BACKUP> = 1

C<.augsave> 拡張子を付けて元のファイルを保持します。

=item C<AUG_SAVE_NEWFILE> = 2

拡張子 C<.augnew> を付けたファイルに変更点を保存し、元を上書きしません。C<AUG_SAVE_BACKUP> を上書きします。

=item C<AUG_TYPE_CHECK> = 4

Typecheck lenses.

This option is only useful when debugging Augeas lenses.  Use of this option
may require additional memory for the libguestfs appliance.  You may need to
set the C<LIBGUESTFS_MEMSIZE> environment variable or call
C<guestfs_set_memsize>.

=item C<AUG_NO_STDINC> = 8

モジュールの標準的な読み込みパスを使用しません。

=item C<AUG_SAVE_NOOP> = 16

Make save a no-op, just record what would have been changed.

=item C<AUG_NO_LOAD> = 32

C<guestfs_aug_init> にツリーを読み込みません。

=back

ハンドルを閉じるために C<guestfs_aug_close> を呼び出せます。

Augeas に関する詳細は L<http://augeas.net/> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_insert

 int
 guestfs_aug_insert (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *augpath,
                     const char *label,
                     int before);

Create a new sibling C<label> for C<path>, inserting it into the tree before
or after C<path> (depending on the boolean flag C<before>).

C<path> must match exactly one existing node in the tree, and C<label> must
be a label, ie. not contain F</>, C<*> or end with a bracketed index C<[N]>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_label

 char *
 guestfs_aug_label (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *augpath);

The label (name of the last element) of the Augeas path expression
C<augpath> is returned.  C<augpath> must match exactly one node, else this
function returns an error.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.23.14)

=head2 guestfs_aug_load

 int
 guestfs_aug_load (guestfs_h *g);

ファイルをツリーの中に読み込みます

See C<aug_load> in the Augeas documentation for the full gory details.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_ls

 char **
 guestfs_aug_ls (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *augpath);

This is just a shortcut for listing C<guestfs_aug_match> C<path/*> and
sorting the resulting nodes into alphabetical order.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_match

 char **
 guestfs_aug_match (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *augpath);

Returns a list of paths which match the path expression C<path>.  The
returned paths are sufficiently qualified so that they match exactly one
node in the current tree.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_mv

 int
 guestfs_aug_mv (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *src,
                 const char *dest);

ノード C<src> を C<dest> に移動します。 C<src> はただ一つのノードである必要があります。 C<dest>
は存在すると上書きされます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_rm

 int
 guestfs_aug_rm (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *augpath);

C<path> とすべての子を削除します。

成功すると、これは削除された項目の数が返します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_save

 int
 guestfs_aug_save (guestfs_h *g);

これにより、すべての保留の変更がディスクに書き込まれます。

The flags which were passed to C<guestfs_aug_init> affect exactly how files
are saved.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_set

 int
 guestfs_aug_set (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *augpath,
                  const char *val);

Set the value associated with C<augpath> to C<val>.

In the Augeas API, it is possible to clear a node by setting the value to
NULL.  Due to an oversight in the libguestfs API you cannot do that with
this call.  Instead you must use the C<guestfs_aug_clear> call.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_aug_setm

 int
 guestfs_aug_setm (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *base,
                   const char *sub,
                   const char *val);

Change multiple Augeas nodes in a single operation.  C<base> is an
expression matching multiple nodes.  C<sub> is a path expression relative to
C<base>.  All nodes matching C<base> are found, and then for each node,
C<sub> is changed to C<val>.  C<sub> may also be C<NULL> in which case the
C<base> nodes are modified.

This returns the number of nodes modified.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.23.14)

=head2 guestfs_aug_transform

 int
 guestfs_aug_transform (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *lens,
                        const char *file,
                        ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_AUG_TRANSFORM_REMOVE, int remove,

Add an Augeas transformation for the specified C<lens> so it can handle
C<file>.

If C<remove> is true (C<false> by default), then the transformation is
removed.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.35.2)

=head2 guestfs_aug_transform_va

 int
 guestfs_aug_transform_va (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *lens,
                           const char *file,
                           va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_aug_transform>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_aug_transform_argv

 int
 guestfs_aug_transform_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *lens,
                             const char *file,
                             const struct guestfs_aug_transform_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_aug_transform>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_available

 int
 guestfs_available (guestfs_h *g,
                    char *const *groups);

This command is used to check the availability of some groups of
functionality in the appliance, which not all builds of the libguestfs
appliance will be able to provide.

The libguestfs groups, and the functions that those groups correspond to,
are listed in L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY>.  You can also fetch this list at
runtime by calling C<guestfs_available_all_groups>.

The argument C<groups> is a list of group names, eg: C<["inotify",
"augeas"]> would check for the availability of the Linux inotify functions
and Augeas (configuration file editing) functions.

The command returns no error if I<all> requested groups are available.

It fails with an error if one or more of the requested groups is unavailable
in the appliance.

If an unknown group name is included in the list of groups then an error is
always returned.

I<注記:>

=over 4

=item *

C<guestfs_feature_available> is the same as this call, but with a slightly
simpler to use API: that call returns a boolean true/false instead of
throwing an error.

=item *

この関数を呼び出す前に C<guestfs_launch> を呼び出す必要があります。

The reason is because we don't know what groups are supported by the
appliance/daemon until it is running and can be queried.

=item *

If a group of functions is available, this does not necessarily mean that
they will work.  You still have to check for errors when calling individual
API functions even if they are available.

=item *

It is usually the job of distro packagers to build complete functionality
into the libguestfs appliance.  Upstream libguestfs, if built from source
with all requirements satisfied, will support everything.

=item *

This call was added in version C<1.0.80>.  In previous versions of
libguestfs all you could do would be to speculatively execute a command to
find out if the daemon implemented it.  See also C<guestfs_version>.

=back

C<guestfs_filesystem_available> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.80 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_available_all_groups

 char **
 guestfs_available_all_groups (guestfs_h *g);

This command returns a list of all optional groups that this daemon knows
about.  Note this returns both supported and unsupported groups.  To find
out which ones the daemon can actually support you have to call
C<guestfs_available> / C<guestfs_feature_available> on each member of the
returned list.

C<guestfs_available>, C<guestfs_feature_available> および
L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.3.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_base64_in

 int
 guestfs_base64_in (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *base64file,
                    const char *filename);

This command uploads base64-encoded data from C<base64file> to F<filename>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_base64_out

 int
 guestfs_base64_out (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *filename,
                     const char *base64file);

This command downloads the contents of F<filename>, writing it out to local
file C<base64file> encoded as base64.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_blkdiscard

 int
 guestfs_blkdiscard (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device);

This discards all blocks on the block device C<device>, giving the free
space back to the host.

This operation requires support in libguestfs, the host filesystem, qemu and
the host kernel.  If this support isn't present it may give an error or even
appear to run but do nothing.  You must also set the C<discard> attribute on
the underlying drive (see C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<blkdiscard>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.25.44)

=head2 guestfs_blkdiscardzeroes

 int
 guestfs_blkdiscardzeroes (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *device);

This call returns true if blocks on C<device> that have been discarded by a
call to C<guestfs_blkdiscard> are returned as blocks of zero bytes when read
the next time.

If it returns false, then it may be that discarded blocks are read as stale
or random data.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

This function depends on the feature C<blkdiscardzeroes>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.25.44)

=head2 guestfs_blkid

 char **
 guestfs_blkid (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *device);

This command returns block device attributes for C<device>. The following
fields are usually present in the returned hash. Other fields may also be
present.

=over 

=item C<UUID>

このデバイスのUUID。

=item C<LABEL>

このデバイスのラベル。

=item C<VERSION>

blkid コマンドのバージョン。

=item C<TYPE>

このデバイスのファイルシステム形式または RAID。

=item C<USAGE>

このデバイスの使用法です。たとえば、C<filesystem> や C<raid>。

=back

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.15.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_flushbufs

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_flushbufs (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device);

C<device> と関連づけられている内部バッファーをフラッシュするようカーネルに指示します。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_getbsz

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_getbsz (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device);

これはデバイスのブロック容量を返します。

Note: this is different from both I<size in blocks> and I<filesystem block
size>.  Also this setting is not really used by anything.  You should
probably not use it for anything.  Filesystems have their own idea about
what block size to choose.

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_getro

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_getro (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

ブロックデバイスが読み込み専用であるかどうかを示す論理値を返します（読み込み専用ならば真、そうでなければ偽）。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_getsize64

 int64_t
 guestfs_blockdev_getsize64 (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device);

これはデバイスの容量をバイト単位で返します。

C<guestfs_blockdev_getsz> 参照。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_getss

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_getss (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

これはブロックデバイスのセクター容量を返します。通常は 512 ですが、最近のデバイスはより大きいかもしれません。

（これはセクターのサイズではありません、そのためには C<guestfs_blockdev_getsz> を使用する必要があることに注意してください）。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_getsz

 int64_t
 guestfs_blockdev_getsz (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

This returns the size of the device in units of 512-byte sectors (even if
the sectorsize isn't 512 bytes ... weird).

See also C<guestfs_blockdev_getss> for the real sector size of the device,
and C<guestfs_blockdev_getsize64> for the more useful I<size in bytes>.

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_rereadpt

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_rereadpt (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device);

C<device> のパーティションテーブルを再読み込みします。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_setbsz

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_setbsz (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          int blocksize);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This call does nothing and has never done anything because of a bug in
blockdev.  B<Do not use it.>

If you need to set the filesystem block size, use the C<blocksize> option of
C<guestfs_mkfs>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_setra

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_setra (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         int sectors);

Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors) for the device.

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.10)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_setro

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_setro (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

C<device> という名前のブロックデバイスを読み込み専用に設定します。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_blockdev_setrw

 int
 guestfs_blockdev_setrw (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

C<device> という名前のブロックデバイスを読み書きに設定します。

これは L<blockdev(8)> コマンドを使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.9.3)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_balance_cancel

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_balance_cancel (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *path);

Cancel a running balance on a btrfs filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_balance_pause

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_balance_pause (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *path);

Pause a running balance on a btrfs filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_balance_resume

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_balance_resume (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *path);

Resume a paused balance on a btrfs filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_balance_status

 struct guestfs_btrfsbalance *
 guestfs_btrfs_balance_status (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *path);

Show the status of a running or paused balance on a btrfs filesystem.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_btrfsbalance *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_btrfsbalance> after
use>.

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.26)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_device_add

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_device_add (guestfs_h *g,
                           char *const *devices,
                           const char *fs);

C<devices> にあるデバイスの一覧を C<fs> にマウントされた btrfs ファイルシステムに追加します。もし C<devices>
が空の一覧ならば、何もしません。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_device_delete

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_device_delete (guestfs_h *g,
                              char *const *devices,
                              const char *fs);

C<devices> にあるデバイスの一覧を C<fs> にマウントされた btrfs ファイルシステムから削除します。もし C<devices>
が空の一覧ならば、何もしません。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_balance

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_balance (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *fs);

Balance the chunks in the btrfs filesystem mounted at C<fs> across the
underlying devices.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment (guestfs_h *g,
                                      const char *path,
                                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_FILESYSTEM_DEFRAGMENT_FLUSH, int flush,
 GUESTFS_BTRFS_FILESYSTEM_DEFRAGMENT_COMPRESS, const char *compress,

Defragment a file or directory on a btrfs filesystem. compress is one of
zlib or lzo.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                         const char *path,
                                         va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                           const char *path,
                                           const struct guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_defragment>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *mountpoint,
                                  ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_FILESYSTEM_RESIZE_SIZE, int64_t size,

このコマンドは btrfs ファイルシステムの容量を変更します。

Note that unlike other resize calls, the filesystem has to be mounted and
the parameter is the mountpoint not the device (this is a requirement of
btrfs itself).

オプションのパラメーターは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<size>

ファイルシステムの新しい容量（バイト単位）。省略されると、ファイルシステムは最大の容量に変更されます。

=back

L<btrfs(8)> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.11.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *mountpoint,
                                     va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                       const char *mountpoint,
                                       const struct guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_resize> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_show

 char **
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_show (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *device);

Show all the devices where the filesystems in C<device> is spanned over.

If not all the devices for the filesystems are present, then this function
fails and the C<errno> is set to C<ENODEV>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.29)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_sync

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_filesystem_sync (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *fs);

C<fs> にマウントされた btrfs ファイルシステムにおいて強制同期します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_fsck

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_fsck (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_FSCK_SUPERBLOCK, int64_t superblock,
 GUESTFS_BTRFS_FSCK_REPAIR, int repair,

btrfs ファイルシステムをチェックするために使用されると、C<device> はファイルシステムが保存されているデバイスファイルです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.43 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_fsck_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_fsck_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_btrfs_fsck> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_fsck_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_fsck_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          const struct guestfs_btrfs_fsck_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_btrfs_fsck> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_image

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_image (guestfs_h *g,
                      char *const *source,
                      const char *image,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_IMAGE_COMPRESSLEVEL, int compresslevel,

This is used to create an image of a btrfs filesystem.  All data will be
zeroed, but metadata and the like is preserved.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.32)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_image_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_image_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         char *const *source,
                         const char *image,
                         va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_image>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_image_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_image_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           char *const *source,
                           const char *image,
                           const struct guestfs_btrfs_image_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_image>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_assign

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_assign (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *src,
                              const char *dst,
                              const char *path);

Add qgroup C<src> to parent qgroup C<dst>. This command can group several
qgroups into a parent qgroup to share common limit.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_create

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_create (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *qgroupid,
                              const char *subvolume);

Create a quota group (qgroup) for subvolume at C<subvolume>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_destroy

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_destroy (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *qgroupid,
                               const char *subvolume);

Destroy a quota group.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_limit

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_limit (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *subvolume,
                             int64_t size);

Limit the size of the subvolume with path C<subvolume>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_remove

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_remove (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *src,
                              const char *dst,
                              const char *path);

Remove qgroup C<src> from the parent qgroup C<dst>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_show

 struct guestfs_btrfsqgroup_list *
 guestfs_btrfs_qgroup_show (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path);

Show all subvolume quota groups in a btrfs filesystem, including their
usages.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_btrfsqgroup_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_btrfsqgroup_list>
after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_quota_enable

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_quota_enable (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *fs,
                             int enable);

Enable or disable subvolume quota support for filesystem which contains
C<path>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_quota_rescan

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_quota_rescan (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *fs);

Trash all qgroup numbers and scan the metadata again with the current
config.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_replace

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_replace (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *srcdev,
                        const char *targetdev,
                        const char *mntpoint);

Replace device of a btrfs filesystem. On a live filesystem, duplicate the
data to the target device which is currently stored on the source device.
After completion of the operation, the source device is wiped out and
removed from the filesystem.

The C<targetdev> needs to be same size or larger than the C<srcdev>. Devices
which are currently mounted are never allowed to be used as the
C<targetdev>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.48)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_rescue_chunk_recover

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_rescue_chunk_recover (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *device);

Recover the chunk tree of btrfs filesystem by scanning the devices one by
one.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_rescue_super_recover

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_rescue_super_recover (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *device);

Recover bad superblocks from good copies.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_cancel

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_cancel (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *path);

Cancel a running scrub on a btrfs filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_resume

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_resume (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *path);

Resume a previously canceled or interrupted scrub on a btrfs filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_start

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_start (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path);

Reads all the data and metadata on the filesystem, and uses checksums and
the duplicate copies from RAID storage to identify and repair any corrupt
data.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.22)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_status

 struct guestfs_btrfsscrub *
 guestfs_btrfs_scrub_status (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *path);

Show status of running or finished scrub on a btrfs filesystem.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_btrfsscrub *>, or NULL if there was
an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_btrfsscrub> after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.26)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_set_seeding

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_set_seeding (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int seeding);

btrfs ファイルシステムを含むデバイスの seeding 機能を有効化または無効化します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.43 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *dest);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts> with
no optional arguments.

(1.17.35 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                                      const char *dest,
                                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_SUBVOLUME_CREATE_OPTS_QGROUPID, const char *qgroupid,

Create a btrfs subvolume.  The C<dest> argument is the destination directory
and the name of the subvolume, in the form F</path/to/dest/name>.  The
optional parameter C<qgroupid> represents the qgroup which the newly created
subvolume will be added to.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                         const char *dest,
                                         va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                           const char *dest,
                                           const struct guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_create_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_delete

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_delete (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *subvolume);

Delete the named btrfs subvolume or snapshot.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_get_default

 int64_t
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_get_default (guestfs_h *g,
                                      const char *fs);

Get the default subvolume or snapshot of a filesystem mounted at
C<mountpoint>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_list

 struct guestfs_btrfssubvolume_list *
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_list (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *fs);

C<fs> にマウントされている btrfs ファイルシステムの btrfs スナップショットとサブディレクトリーを一覧表示します。

この関数は C<struct guestfs_btrfssubvolume_list *> を返します。エラーが発生した場合、NULL が返されます。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_btrfssubvolume_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_set_default

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_set_default (guestfs_h *g,
                                      int64_t id,
                                      const char *fs);

Set the subvolume of the btrfs filesystem C<fs> which will be mounted by
default.  See C<guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_list> to get a list of subvolumes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_show

 char **
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_show (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *subvolume);

Return detailed information of the subvolume.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *source,
                                   const char *dest);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts>
with no optional arguments.

(1.17.35 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                                        const char *source,
                                        const char *dest,
                                        ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_BTRFS_SUBVOLUME_SNAPSHOT_OPTS_RO, int ro,
 GUESTFS_BTRFS_SUBVOLUME_SNAPSHOT_OPTS_QGROUPID, const char *qgroupid,

Create a snapshot of the btrfs subvolume C<source>.  The C<dest> argument is
the destination directory and the name of the snapshot, in the form
F</path/to/dest/name>. By default the newly created snapshot is writable, if
the value of optional parameter C<ro> is true, then a readonly snapshot is
created. The optional parameter C<qgroupid> represents the qgroup which the
newly created snapshot will be added to.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                           const char *source,
                                           const char *dest,
                                           va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                             const char *source,
                                             const char *dest,
                                             const struct guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_snapshot_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_btrfstune_enable_extended_inode_refs

 int
 guestfs_btrfstune_enable_extended_inode_refs (guestfs_h *g,
                                               const char *device);

This will Enable extended inode refs.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.29)

=head2 guestfs_btrfstune_enable_skinny_metadata_extent_refs

 int
 guestfs_btrfstune_enable_skinny_metadata_extent_refs (guestfs_h *g,
                                                       const char *device);

This enable skinny metadata extent refs.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.29)

=head2 guestfs_btrfstune_seeding

 int
 guestfs_btrfstune_seeding (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int seeding);

Enable seeding of a btrfs device, this will force a fs readonly so that you
can use it to build other filesystems.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.29)

=head2 guestfs_c_pointer

 int64_t
 guestfs_c_pointer (guestfs_h *g);

In non-C language bindings, this allows you to retrieve the underlying C
pointer to the handle (ie. C<guestfs_h *>).  The purpose of this is to allow
other libraries to interwork with libguestfs.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.17)

=head2 guestfs_canonical_device_name

 char *
 guestfs_canonical_device_name (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *device);

This utility function is useful when displaying device names to the user.
It takes a number of irregular device names and returns them in a consistent
format:

=over 4

=item F</dev/hdX>

=item F</dev/vdX>

These are returned as F</dev/sdX>.  Note this works for device names and
partition names.  This is approximately the reverse of the algorithm
described in L<guestfs(3)/BLOCK DEVICE NAMING>.

=item F</dev/mapper/VG-LV>

=item F</dev/dm-N>

Converted to F</dev/VG/LV> form using C<guestfs_lvm_canonical_lv_name>.

=back

他の文字列は修正されずに返されます。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cap_get_file

 char *
 guestfs_cap_get_file (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path);

This function returns the Linux capabilities attached to C<path>.  The
capabilities set is returned in text form (see L<cap_to_text(3)>).

If no capabilities are attached to a file, an empty string is returned.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxcaps>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.19.63)

=head2 guestfs_cap_set_file

 int
 guestfs_cap_set_file (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       const char *cap);

This function sets the Linux capabilities attached to C<path>.  The
capabilities set C<cap> should be passed in text form (see
L<cap_from_text(3)>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxcaps>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.19.63)

=head2 guestfs_case_sensitive_path

 char *
 guestfs_case_sensitive_path (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *path);

This can be used to resolve case insensitive paths on a filesystem which is
case sensitive.  The use case is to resolve paths which you have read from
Windows configuration files or the Windows Registry, to the true path.

The command handles a peculiarity of the Linux ntfs-3g filesystem driver
(and probably others), which is that although the underlying filesystem is
case-insensitive, the driver exports the filesystem to Linux as
case-sensitive.

One consequence of this is that special directories such as F<C:\windows>
may appear as F</WINDOWS> or F</windows> (or other things) depending on the
precise details of how they were created.  In Windows itself this would not
be a problem.

Bug or feature? You decide:
L<https://www.tuxera.com/community/ntfs-3g-faq/#posixfilenames1>

C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> attempts to resolve the true case of each
element in the path. It will return a resolved path if either the full path
or its parent directory exists. If the parent directory exists but the full
path does not, the case of the parent directory will be correctly resolved,
and the remainder appended unmodified. For example, if the file
C<"/Windows/System32/netkvm.sys"> exists:

=over 4

=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system32/netkvm.sys")

"Windows/System32/netkvm.sys"

=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system32/NoSuchFile")

"Windows/System32/NoSuchFile"

=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system33/netkvm.sys")

I<ERROR>

=back

I<Note>: Because of the above behaviour, C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path>
cannot be used to check for the existence of a file.

I<Note>: This function does not handle drive names, backslashes etc.

C<guestfs_realpath> 参照。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.75 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cat

 char *
 guestfs_cat (guestfs_h *g,
              const char *path);

C<path> という名前のファイルの内容を返します。

Because, in C, this function returns a C<char *>, there is no way to
differentiate between a C<\0> character in a file and end of string.  To
handle binary files, use the C<guestfs_read_file> or C<guestfs_download>
functions.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_checksum

 char *
 guestfs_checksum (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *csumtype,
                   const char *path);

この呼び出しは C<path> という名前のファイルの MD5, SHAx または CRC チェックサムを計算します。

計算するチェックサムの種類は、以下の値のどれかである C<csumtype> パラメーターにより与えられます:

=over 4

=item C<crc>

C<cksum> コマンドに対して POSIX により指定された巡回冗長検査 (CRC: cyclic redundancy check)
を計算します。

=item C<md5>

Compute the MD5 hash (using the L<md5sum(1)> program).

=item C<sha1>

Compute the SHA1 hash (using the L<sha1sum(1)> program).

=item C<sha224>

Compute the SHA224 hash (using the L<sha224sum(1)> program).

=item C<sha256>

Compute the SHA256 hash (using the L<sha256sum(1)> program).

=item C<sha384>

Compute the SHA384 hash (using the L<sha384sum(1)> program).

=item C<sha512>

Compute the SHA512 hash (using the L<sha512sum(1)> program).

=back

チェックサムは表示可能な文字列として返されます。

デバイスのチェックサムを取得するには C<guestfs_checksum_device> を使用します。

多くのファイルのチェックサムを取得するには C<guestfs_checksums_out> を使用します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_checksum_device

 char *
 guestfs_checksum_device (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *csumtype,
                          const char *device);

This call computes the MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of the contents of the
device named C<device>.  For the types of checksums supported see the
C<guestfs_checksum> command.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_checksums_out

 int
 guestfs_checksums_out (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *csumtype,
                        const char *directory,
                        const char *sumsfile);

This command computes the checksums of all regular files in F<directory> and
then emits a list of those checksums to the local output file C<sumsfile>.

This can be used for verifying the integrity of a virtual machine.  However
to be properly secure you should pay attention to the output of the checksum
command (it uses the ones from GNU coreutils).  In particular when the
filename is not printable, coreutils uses a special backslash syntax.  For
more information, see the GNU coreutils info file.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_chmod

 int
 guestfs_chmod (guestfs_h *g,
                int mode,
                const char *path);

Change the mode (permissions) of C<path> to C<mode>.  Only numeric modes are
supported.

I<Note>: When using this command from guestfish, C<mode> by default would be
decimal, unless you prefix it with C<0> to get octal, ie. use C<0700> not
C<700>.

実際に設定されるモードは umask により影響されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_chown

 int
 guestfs_chown (guestfs_h *g,
                int owner,
                int group,
                const char *path);

ファイルの所有者を C<owner> に、グループを C<group> に変更します。

Only numeric uid and gid are supported.  If you want to use names, you will
need to locate and parse the password file yourself (Augeas support makes
this relatively easy).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_clear_backend_setting

 int
 guestfs_clear_backend_setting (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *name);

If there is a backend setting string matching C<"name"> or beginning with
C<"name=">, then that string is removed from the backend settings.

This call returns the number of strings which were removed (which may be 0,
1 or greater than 1).

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>, L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND SETTINGS>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.27.2)

=head2 guestfs_command

 char *
 guestfs_command (guestfs_h *g,
                  char *const *arguments);

This call runs a command from the guest filesystem.  The filesystem must be
mounted, and must contain a compatible operating system (ie. something
Linux, with the same or compatible processor architecture).

The single parameter is an argv-style list of arguments.  The first element
is the name of the program to run.  Subsequent elements are parameters.  The
list must be non-empty (ie. must contain a program name).  Note that the
command runs directly, and is I<not> invoked via the shell (see
C<guestfs_sh>).

The return value is anything printed to I<stdout> by the command.

If the command returns a non-zero exit status, then this function returns an
error message.  The error message string is the content of I<stderr> from
the command.

The C<$PATH> environment variable will contain at least F</usr/bin> and
F</bin>.  If you require a program from another location, you should provide
the full path in the first parameter.

Shared libraries and data files required by the program must be available on
filesystems which are mounted in the correct places.  It is the caller’s
responsibility to ensure all filesystems that are needed are mounted at the
right locations.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(Added in 1.9.1)

=head2 guestfs_command_lines

 char **
 guestfs_command_lines (guestfs_h *g,
                        char *const *arguments);

This is the same as C<guestfs_command>, but splits the result into a list of
lines.

関連項目: C<guestfs_sh_lines>

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(Added in 1.9.1)

=head2 guestfs_compress_device_out

 int
 guestfs_compress_device_out (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *ctype,
                              const char *device,
                              const char *zdevice,
                              ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COMPRESS_DEVICE_OUT_LEVEL, int level,

This command compresses C<device> and writes it out to the local file
C<zdevice>.

C<ctype> およびオプションの C<level> パラメーターは C<guestfs_compress_out> におけるものと同じ意味です。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.13.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_compress_device_out_va

 int
 guestfs_compress_device_out_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *ctype,
                                 const char *device,
                                 const char *zdevice,
                                 va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_compress_device_out> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_compress_device_out_argv

 int
 guestfs_compress_device_out_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *ctype,
                                   const char *device,
                                   const char *zdevice,
                                   const struct guestfs_compress_device_out_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_compress_device_out> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_compress_out

 int
 guestfs_compress_out (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *ctype,
                       const char *file,
                       const char *zfile,
                       ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COMPRESS_OUT_LEVEL, int level,

This command compresses F<file> and writes it out to the local file
F<zfile>.

The compression program used is controlled by the C<ctype> parameter.
Currently this includes: C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz> or C<lzop>.
Some compression types may not be supported by particular builds of
libguestfs, in which case you will get an error containing the substring
"not supported".

The optional C<level> parameter controls compression level.  The meaning and
default for this parameter depends on the compression program being used.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.13.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_compress_out_va

 int
 guestfs_compress_out_va (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *ctype,
                          const char *file,
                          const char *zfile,
                          va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_compress_out> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_compress_out_argv

 int
 guestfs_compress_out_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *ctype,
                            const char *file,
                            const char *zfile,
                            const struct guestfs_compress_out_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_compress_out> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_config

 int
 guestfs_config (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *hvparam,
                 const char *hvvalue);

This can be used to add arbitrary hypervisor parameters of the form I<-param
value>.  Actually it’s not quite arbitrary - we prevent you from setting
some parameters which would interfere with parameters that we use.

The first character of C<hvparam> string must be a C<-> (dash).

C<hvvalue> can be NULL.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_copy_attributes

 int
 guestfs_copy_attributes (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *src,
                          const char *dest,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COPY_ATTRIBUTES_ALL, int all,
 GUESTFS_COPY_ATTRIBUTES_MODE, int mode,
 GUESTFS_COPY_ATTRIBUTES_XATTRIBUTES, int xattributes,
 GUESTFS_COPY_ATTRIBUTES_OWNERSHIP, int ownership,

Copy the attributes of a path (which can be a file or a directory)  to
another path.

By default B<no> attribute is copied, so make sure to specify any (or C<all>
to copy everything).

The optional arguments specify which attributes can be copied:

=over 4

=item C<mode>

Copy part of the file mode from C<source> to C<destination>. Only the UNIX
permissions and the sticky/setuid/setgid bits can be copied.

=item C<xattributes>

Copy the Linux extended attributes (xattrs) from C<source> to
C<destination>.  This flag does nothing if the I<linuxxattrs> feature is not
available (see C<guestfs_feature_available>).

=item C<ownership>

Copy the owner uid and the group gid of C<source> to C<destination>.

=item C<all>

Copy B<all> the attributes from C<source> to C<destination>. Enabling it
enables all the other flags, if they are not specified already.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.25.21)

=head2 guestfs_copy_attributes_va

 int
 guestfs_copy_attributes_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *src,
                             const char *dest,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_copy_attributes>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_attributes_argv

 int
 guestfs_copy_attributes_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *src,
                               const char *dest,
                               const struct guestfs_copy_attributes_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_copy_attributes>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_device

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_device (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *src,
                                const char *dest,
                                ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_DEVICE_SRCOFFSET, int64_t srcoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_DEVICE_DESTOFFSET, int64_t destoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_DEVICE_SIZE, int64_t size,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_DEVICE_SPARSE, int sparse,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_DEVICE_APPEND, int append,

4 つの呼び出し C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device>, C<guestfs_copy_device_to_file>,
C<guestfs_copy_file_to_device>, および C<guestfs_copy_file_to_file> は、ソース
(デバイス|ファイル) から宛先 (デバイス|ファイル) にコピーできます。

Partial copies can be made since you can specify optionally the source
offset, destination offset and size to copy.  These values are all specified
in bytes.  If not given, the offsets both default to zero, and the size
defaults to copying as much as possible until we hit the end of the source.

ソースと宛先は同じオブジェクトである可能性があります。しかしながら、重なり合う領域は正しくコピーされないかもしれません。

宛先がファイルならば、必要に応じて作成されます。宛先ファイルが十分に大きくなければ、拡張されます。

If the destination is a file and the C<append> flag is not set, then the
destination file is truncated.  If the C<append> flag is set, then the copy
appends to the destination file.  The C<append> flag currently cannot be set
for devices.

If the C<sparse> flag is true then the call avoids writing blocks that
contain only zeroes, which can help in some situations where the backing
disk is thin-provisioned.  Note that unless the target is already zeroed,
using this option will result in incorrect copying.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.13.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_device_va

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_device_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *src,
                                   const char *dest,
                                   va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_copy_device_to_device> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_device_argv

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_device_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *src,
                                     const char *dest,
                                     const struct guestfs_copy_device_to_device_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_copy_device_to_device> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_file

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_file (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *src,
                              const char *dest,
                              ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_FILE_SRCOFFSET, int64_t srcoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_FILE_DESTOFFSET, int64_t destoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_FILE_SIZE, int64_t size,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_FILE_SPARSE, int sparse,
 GUESTFS_COPY_DEVICE_TO_FILE_APPEND, int append,

この呼び出しの一般的な概要は C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.13.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_file_va

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_file_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *src,
                                 const char *dest,
                                 va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_copy_device_to_file> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_device_to_file_argv

 int
 guestfs_copy_device_to_file_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *src,
                                   const char *dest,
                                   const struct guestfs_copy_device_to_file_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_copy_device_to_file> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_device

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_device (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *src,
                              const char *dest,
                              ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_DEVICE_SRCOFFSET, int64_t srcoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_DEVICE_DESTOFFSET, int64_t destoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_DEVICE_SIZE, int64_t size,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_DEVICE_SPARSE, int sparse,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_DEVICE_APPEND, int append,

この呼び出しの一般的な概要は C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.13.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_device_va

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_device_va (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *src,
                                 const char *dest,
                                 va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_copy_file_to_device> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_device_argv

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_device_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *src,
                                   const char *dest,
                                   const struct guestfs_copy_file_to_device_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_copy_file_to_device> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_file

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_file (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *src,
                            const char *dest,
                            ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_FILE_SRCOFFSET, int64_t srcoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_FILE_DESTOFFSET, int64_t destoffset,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_FILE_SIZE, int64_t size,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_FILE_SPARSE, int sparse,
 GUESTFS_COPY_FILE_TO_FILE_APPEND, int append,

この呼び出しの一般的な概要は C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を参照してください。

This is B<not> the function you want for copying files.  This is for copying
blocks within existing files.  See C<guestfs_cp>, C<guestfs_cp_a> and
C<guestfs_mv> for general file copying and moving functions.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.13.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_file_va

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_file_va (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *src,
                               const char *dest,
                               va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_copy_file_to_file> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_file_to_file_argv

 int
 guestfs_copy_file_to_file_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *src,
                                 const char *dest,
                                 const struct guestfs_copy_file_to_file_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_copy_file_to_file> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_copy_in

 int
 guestfs_copy_in (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *localpath,
                  const char *remotedir);

C<guestfs_copy_in> copies local files or directories recursively into the
disk image, placing them in the directory called C<remotedir> (which must
exist).

Wildcards cannot be used.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.24)

=head2 guestfs_copy_out

 int
 guestfs_copy_out (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *remotepath,
                   const char *localdir);

C<guestfs_copy_out> copies remote files or directories recursively out of
the disk image, placing them on the host disk in a local directory called
C<localdir> (which must exist).

To download to the current directory, use C<.> as in:

 C<guestfs_copy_out> /home .

Wildcards cannot be used.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.24)

=head2 guestfs_copy_size

 int
 guestfs_copy_size (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *src,
                    const char *dest,
                    int64_t size);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command copies exactly C<size> bytes from one source device or file
C<src> to another destination device or file C<dest>.

Note this will fail if the source is too short or if the destination is not
large enough.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cp

 int
 guestfs_cp (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *src,
             const char *dest);

ファイルを C<src> から C<dest> にコピーします。ここで C<dest> は宛先ファイル名または宛先ディレクトリです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cp_a

 int
 guestfs_cp_a (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *src,
               const char *dest);

ファイルまたはディレクトリを C<src> から C<dest> に C<cp -a> コマンドを使用して再帰的にコピーします。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cp_r

 int
 guestfs_cp_r (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *src,
               const char *dest);

This copies a file or directory from C<src> to C<dest> recursively using the
C<cp -rP> command.

Most users should use C<guestfs_cp_a> instead.  This command is useful when
you don't want to preserve permissions, because the target filesystem does
not support it (primarily when writing to DOS FAT filesystems).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.21.38 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_cpio_out

 int
 guestfs_cpio_out (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *directory,
                   const char *cpiofile,
                   ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_CPIO_OUT_FORMAT, const char *format,

This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads it to local
file C<cpiofile>.

The optional C<format> parameter can be used to select the format.  Only the
following formats are currently permitted:

=over 4

=item C<newc>

New (SVR4) portable format.  This format happens to be compatible with the
cpio-like format used by the Linux kernel for initramfs.

This is the default format.

=item C<crc>

New (SVR4) portable format with a checksum.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.27.9)

=head2 guestfs_cpio_out_va

 int
 guestfs_cpio_out_va (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *directory,
                      const char *cpiofile,
                      va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_cpio_out>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_cpio_out_argv

 int
 guestfs_cpio_out_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *directory,
                        const char *cpiofile,
                        const struct guestfs_cpio_out_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_cpio_out>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_cryptsetup_close

 int
 guestfs_cryptsetup_close (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *device);

This closes an encrypted device that was created earlier by
C<guestfs_cryptsetup_open>.  The C<device> parameter must be the name of the
mapping device (ie. F</dev/mapper/mapname>)  and I<not> the name of the
underlying block device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.43.2)

=head2 guestfs_cryptsetup_open

 int
 guestfs_cryptsetup_open (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          const char *key,
                          const char *mapname,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_CRYPTSETUP_OPEN_READONLY, int readonly,
 GUESTFS_CRYPTSETUP_OPEN_CRYPTTYPE, const char *crypttype,

This command opens a block device which has been encrypted according to the
Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) standard, Windows BitLocker, or some other
types.

C<device> is the encrypted block device or partition.

The caller must supply one of the keys associated with the encrypted block
device, in the C<key> parameter.

This creates a new block device called F</dev/mapper/mapname>.  Reads and
writes to this block device are decrypted from and encrypted to the
underlying C<device> respectively.

C<mapname> cannot be C<"control"> because that name is reserved by
device-mapper.

If the optional C<crypttype> parameter is not present then libguestfs tries
to guess the correct type (for example LUKS or BitLocker).  However you can
override this by specifying one of the following types:

=over 4

=item C<luks>

A Linux LUKS device.

=item C<bitlk>

A Windows BitLocker device.

=back

The optional C<readonly> flag, if set to true, creates a read-only mapping.

If this block device contains LVM volume groups, then calling
C<guestfs_lvm_scan> with the C<activate> parameter C<true> will make them
visible.

すべてのデバイスマッパーデバイスを一覧表示するには C<guestfs_list_dm_devices> を使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.43.2)

=head2 guestfs_cryptsetup_open_va

 int
 guestfs_cryptsetup_open_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             const char *key,
                             const char *mapname,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_cryptsetup_open>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_cryptsetup_open_argv

 int
 guestfs_cryptsetup_open_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *device,
                               const char *key,
                               const char *mapname,
                               const struct guestfs_cryptsetup_open_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_cryptsetup_open>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_dd

 int
 guestfs_dd (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *src,
             const char *dest);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_copy_device_to_device> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command copies from one source device or file C<src> to another
destination device or file C<dest>.  Normally you would use this to copy to
or from a device or partition, for example to duplicate a filesystem.

If the destination is a device, it must be as large or larger than the
source file or device, otherwise the copy will fail.  This command cannot do
partial copies (see C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.80 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_device_index

 int
 guestfs_device_index (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device);

この関数はデバイス名 (例: "/dev/sdb") を取得し、デバイスの一覧にあるデバイスのインデックスを返します。

Index numbers start from 0.  The named device must exist, for example as a
string returned from C<guestfs_list_devices>.

C<guestfs_list_devices>, C<guestfs_part_to_dev> 参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_df

 char *
 guestfs_df (guestfs_h *g);

This command runs the L<df(1)> command to report disk space used.

This command is mostly useful for interactive sessions.  It is I<not>
intended that you try to parse the output string.  Use C<guestfs_statvfs>
from programs.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_df_h

 char *
 guestfs_df_h (guestfs_h *g);

このコマンドはディスク使用状況を読みやすい形式で報告するために C<df -h> コマンドを実行します。

This command is mostly useful for interactive sessions.  It is I<not>
intended that you try to parse the output string.  Use C<guestfs_statvfs>
from programs.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_disk_create

 int
 guestfs_disk_create (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *filename,
                      const char *format,
                      int64_t size,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_DISK_CREATE_BACKINGFILE, const char *backingfile,
 GUESTFS_DISK_CREATE_BACKINGFORMAT, const char *backingformat,
 GUESTFS_DISK_CREATE_PREALLOCATION, const char *preallocation,
 GUESTFS_DISK_CREATE_COMPAT, const char *compat,
 GUESTFS_DISK_CREATE_CLUSTERSIZE, int clustersize,

Create a blank disk image called F<filename> (a host file)  with format
C<format> (usually C<raw> or C<qcow2>).  The size is C<size> bytes.

If used with the optional C<backingfile> parameter, then a snapshot is
created on top of the backing file.  In this case, C<size> must be passed as
C<-1>.  The size of the snapshot is the same as the size of the backing
file, which is discovered automatically.  You are encouraged to also pass
C<backingformat> to describe the format of C<backingfile>.

If F<filename> refers to a block device, then the device is formatted.  The
C<size> is ignored since block devices have an intrinsic size.

The other optional parameters are:

=over 4

=item C<preallocation>

If format is C<raw>, then this can be either C<off> (or C<sparse>)  or
C<full> to create a sparse or fully allocated file respectively.  The
default is C<off>.

If format is C<qcow2>, then this can be C<off> (or C<sparse>), C<metadata>
or C<full>.  Preallocating metadata can be faster when doing lots of writes,
but uses more space.  The default is C<off>.

=item C<compat>

C<qcow2> only: Pass the string C<1.1> to use the advanced qcow2 format
supported by qemu E<ge> 1.1.

=item C<clustersize>

C<qcow2> only: Change the qcow2 cluster size.  The default is 65536 (bytes)
and this setting may be any power of two between 512 and 2097152.

=back

Note that this call does not add the new disk to the handle.  You may need
to call C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> separately.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.25.31)

=head2 guestfs_disk_create_va

 int
 guestfs_disk_create_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *filename,
                         const char *format,
                         int64_t size,
                         va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_disk_create>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_disk_create_argv

 int
 guestfs_disk_create_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *filename,
                           const char *format,
                           int64_t size,
                           const struct guestfs_disk_create_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_disk_create>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_disk_format

 char *
 guestfs_disk_format (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *filename);

Detect and return the format of the disk image called F<filename>.
F<filename> can also be a host device, etc.  If the format of the image
could not be detected, then C<"unknown"> is returned.

Note that detecting the disk format can be insecure under some
circumstances.  See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.

関連項目: L<guestfs(3)/ディスクイメージ形式>

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.38 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_disk_has_backing_file

 int
 guestfs_disk_has_backing_file (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *filename);

Detect and return whether the disk image F<filename> has a backing file.

Note that detecting disk features can be insecure under some circumstances.
See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.19.39 にて追加)

=head2 guestfs_disk_virtual_size

 int64_t
 guestfs_disk_virtual_size (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *filename);

Detect and return the virtual size in bytes of the disk image called
F<filename>.

Note that detecting disk features can be insecure under some circumstances.
See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.39 にて追加)

=head2 guestfs_dmesg

 char *
 guestfs_dmesg (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the kernel messages (L<dmesg(1)> output) from the guest
kernel.  This is sometimes useful for extended debugging of problems.

Another way to get the same information is to enable verbose messages with
C<guestfs_set_verbose> or by setting the environment variable
C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> before running the program.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_download

 int
 guestfs_download (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *remotefilename,
                   const char *filename);

Download file F<remotefilename> and save it as F<filename> on the local
machine.

F<filename> can also be a named pipe.

C<guestfs_upload>, C<guestfs_cat> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_download_blocks

 int
 guestfs_download_blocks (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          int64_t start,
                          int64_t stop,
                          const char *filename,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_DOWNLOAD_BLOCKS_UNALLOCATED, int unallocated,

Download the data units from F<start> address to F<stop> from the disk
partition (eg. F</dev/sda1>)  and save them as F<filename> on the local
machine.

The use of this API on sparse disk image formats such as QCOW, may result in
large zero-filled files downloaded on the host.

The size of a data unit varies across filesystem implementations.  On NTFS
filesystems data units are referred as clusters while on ExtX ones they are
referred as fragments.

If the optional C<unallocated> flag is true (default is false), only the
unallocated blocks will be extracted.  This is useful to detect hidden data
or to retrieve deleted files which data units have not been overwritten yet.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<sleuthkit>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.45)

=head2 guestfs_download_blocks_va

 int
 guestfs_download_blocks_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             int64_t start,
                             int64_t stop,
                             const char *filename,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_download_blocks>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_download_blocks_argv

 int
 guestfs_download_blocks_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *device,
                               int64_t start,
                               int64_t stop,
                               const char *filename,
                               const struct guestfs_download_blocks_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_download_blocks>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_download_inode

 int
 guestfs_download_inode (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         int64_t inode,
                         const char *filename);

Download a file given its inode from the disk partition (eg. F</dev/sda1>)
and save it as F<filename> on the local machine.

It is not required to mount the disk to run this command.

The command is capable of downloading deleted or inaccessible files.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<sleuthkit>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.14)

=head2 guestfs_download_offset

 int
 guestfs_download_offset (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *remotefilename,
                          const char *filename,
                          int64_t offset,
                          int64_t size);

Download file F<remotefilename> and save it as F<filename> on the local
machine.

F<remotefilename> is read for C<size> bytes starting at C<offset> (this
region must be within the file or device).

Note that there is no limit on the amount of data that can be downloaded
with this call, unlike with C<guestfs_pread>, and this call always reads the
full amount unless an error occurs.

C<guestfs_download>, C<guestfs_pread> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.5.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_drop_caches

 int
 guestfs_drop_caches (guestfs_h *g,
                      int whattodrop);

This instructs the guest kernel to drop its page cache, and/or dentries and
inode caches.  The parameter C<whattodrop> tells the kernel what precisely
to drop, see L<https://linux-mm.org/Drop_Caches>

C<whattodrop> を 3 に設定することにより、すべてのものを破棄します。

This automatically calls L<sync(2)> before the operation, so that the
maximum guest memory is freed.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_du

 int64_t
 guestfs_du (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *path);

このコマンドは C<path> のファイル空間使用量を見積もるために C<du -s> コマンドを実行します。

C<path> can be a file or a directory.  If C<path> is a directory then the
estimate includes the contents of the directory and all subdirectories
(recursively).

結果は I<キロバイト> (つまり 1024 バイトの単位) の見積もり容量です。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_e2fsck

 int
 guestfs_e2fsck (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device,
                 ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_E2FSCK_CORRECT, int correct,
 GUESTFS_E2FSCK_FORCEALL, int forceall,

This runs the ext2/ext3 filesystem checker on C<device>.  It can take the
following optional arguments:

=over 4

=item C<correct>

Automatically repair the file system. This option will cause e2fsck to
automatically fix any filesystem problems that can be safely fixed without
human intervention.

This option may not be specified at the same time as the C<forceall> option.

=item C<forceall>

Assume an answer of ‘yes’ to all questions; allows e2fsck to be used
non-interactively.

このオプションは C<correct> オプションと同時に指定できません。

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.15.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_e2fsck_va

 int
 guestfs_e2fsck_va (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_e2fsck> の "va_list variant" です。 

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_e2fsck_argv

 int
 guestfs_e2fsck_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      const struct guestfs_e2fsck_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_e2fsck> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_e2fsck_f

 int
 guestfs_e2fsck_f (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_e2fsck> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This runs C<e2fsck -p -f device>, ie. runs the ext2/ext3 filesystem checker
on C<device>, noninteractively (I<-p>), even if the filesystem appears to be
clean (I<-f>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_echo_daemon

 char *
 guestfs_echo_daemon (guestfs_h *g,
                      char *const *words);

This command concatenates the list of C<words> passed with single spaces
between them and returns the resulting string.

You can use this command to test the connection through to the daemon.

C<guestfs_ping_daemon> 参照。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.69 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_egrep

 char **
 guestfs_egrep (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *regex,
                const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This calls the external L<egrep(1)> program and returns the matching lines.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_egrepi

 char **
 guestfs_egrepi (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *regex,
                 const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<egrep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致した行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_equal

 int
 guestfs_equal (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *file1,
                const char *file2);

This compares the two files F<file1> and F<file2> and returns true if their
content is exactly equal, or false otherwise.

外部の L<cmp(1)> プログラムが比較のために使用されます。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_exists

 int
 guestfs_exists (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *path);

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a file, directory (or anything)
with the given C<path> name.

C<guestfs_is_file>, C<guestfs_is_dir>, C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_extlinux

 int
 guestfs_extlinux (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *directory);

Install the SYSLINUX bootloader on the device mounted at F<directory>.
Unlike C<guestfs_syslinux> which requires a FAT filesystem, this can be used
on an ext2/3/4 or btrfs filesystem.

The F<directory> parameter can be either a mountpoint, or a directory within
the mountpoint.

You also have to mark the partition as "active"
(C<guestfs_part_set_bootable>) and a Master Boot Record must be installed
(eg. using C<guestfs_pwrite_device>) on the first sector of the whole disk.
The SYSLINUX package comes with some suitable Master Boot Records.  See the
L<extlinux(1)> man page for further information.

Additional configuration can be supplied to SYSLINUX by placing a file
called F<extlinux.conf> on the filesystem under F<directory>.  For further
information about the contents of this file, see L<extlinux(1)>.

C<guestfs_syslinux> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<extlinux>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_f2fs_expand

 int
 guestfs_f2fs_expand (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device);

This expands a f2fs filesystem to match the size of the underlying device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<f2fs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.39.3)

=head2 guestfs_fallocate

 int
 guestfs_fallocate (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path,
                    int len);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_fallocate64> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command preallocates a file (containing zero bytes) named C<path> of
size C<len> bytes.  If the file exists already, it is overwritten.

Do not confuse this with the guestfish-specific C<alloc> command which
allocates a file in the host and attaches it as a device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fallocate64

 int
 guestfs_fallocate64 (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path,
                      int64_t len);

This command preallocates a file (containing zero bytes) named C<path> of
size C<len> bytes.  If the file exists already, it is overwritten.

Note that this call allocates disk blocks for the file.  To create a sparse
file use C<guestfs_truncate_size> instead.

The deprecated call C<guestfs_fallocate> does the same, but owing to an
oversight it only allowed 30 bit lengths to be specified, effectively
limiting the maximum size of files created through that call to 1GB.

Do not confuse this with the guestfish-specific C<alloc> and C<sparse>
commands which create a file in the host and attach it as a device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_feature_available

 int
 guestfs_feature_available (guestfs_h *g,
                            char *const *groups);

This is the same as C<guestfs_available>, but unlike that call it returns a
simple true/false boolean result, instead of throwing an exception if a
feature is not found.  For other documentation see C<guestfs_available>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.21.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fgrep

 char **
 guestfs_fgrep (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *pattern,
                const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This calls the external L<fgrep(1)> program and returns the matching lines.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fgrepi

 char **
 guestfs_fgrepi (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *pattern,
                 const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

外部の C<fgrep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致した行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_file

 char *
 guestfs_file (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

この呼び出しは、ファイルの形式または内容を決定するために、標準的な L<file(1)> コマンドを使用します。

This call will also transparently look inside various types of compressed
file.

The exact command which runs is C<file -zb path>.  Note in particular that
the filename is not prepended to the output (the I<-b> option).

The output depends on the output of the underlying L<file(1)> command and it
can change in future in ways beyond our control.  In other words, the output
is not guaranteed by the ABI.

関連項目: L<file(1)>, C<guestfs_vfs_type>, C<guestfs_lstat>, C<guestfs_is_file>,
C<guestfs_is_blockdev> (etc), C<guestfs_is_zero>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.9.1)

=head2 guestfs_file_architecture

 char *
 guestfs_file_architecture (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *filename);

This detects the architecture of the binary F<filename>, and returns it if
known.

現在定義されているアーキテクチャーは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item "aarch64"

64 bit ARM.

=item "arm"

32 bit ARM.

=item "i386"

この文字列は、バイナリーの正確なプロセッサー要求にかかわりなく、すべての 32 ビット i386, i486, i586, i686
バイナリーに対して返されます。

=item "ia64"

Intel Itanium.

=item "ppc"

32 ビット Power PC.

=item "ppc64"

64 bit Power PC (big endian).

=item "ppc64le"

64 bit Power PC (little endian).

=item "riscv32"

=item "riscv64"

=item "riscv128"

RISC-V 32-, 64- or 128-bit variants.

=item "s390"

31 bit IBM S/390.

=item "s390x"

64 bit IBM S/390.

=item "sparc"

32 ビット SPARC.

=item "sparc64"

64 ビット SPARC V9 およびそれ以降.

=item "x86_64"

64 ビット x86-64.

=back

libguestfs は将来他のアーキテクチャー文字列を返すかもしれません。

この関数は少なくとも以下の種類のファイルにおいて機能します:

=over 4

=item *

多くの種類の Un*x および Linux バイナリー

=item *

多くの種類の Un*x および Linux 共有ライブラリー

=item *

Windows Win32 および Win64 バイナリー

=item *

Windows Win32 および Win64 DLL

Win32 バイナリーと DLL が C<i386> を返します。

Win64 バイナリーと DLL が C<x86_64> を返します。

=item *

Linux カーネルモジュール

=item *

新形式の Linux initrd イメージ

=item *

いくつかの非 x86 Linux vmlinuz カーネル

=back

今のところ実行できないこと:

=over 4

=item *

静的ライブラリー (libfoo.a)

=item *

圧縮された ext2 ファイルシステムとして Linux 旧形式の initrd (RHEL 3)

=item *

x86 Linux vmlinuz カーネル

x86 vmlinuz images (bzImage format) consist of a mix of 16-, 32- and
compressed code, and are horribly hard to unpack.  If you want to find the
architecture of a kernel, use the architecture of the associated initrd or
kernel module(s) instead.

=back

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_filesize

 int64_t
 guestfs_filesize (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *file);

This command returns the size of F<file> in bytes.

ファイルに関する他の統計情報を取得するには、C<guestfs_stat>, C<guestfs_lstat>, C<guestfs_is_dir>,
C<guestfs_is_file> などを使用します。ブロックデバイスの容量を取得するには、C<guestfs_blockdev_getsize64>
を使用します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.82 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_filesystem_available

 int
 guestfs_filesystem_available (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *filesystem);

Check whether libguestfs supports the named filesystem.  The argument
C<filesystem> is a filesystem name, such as C<ext3>.

このコマンドを使用する前に C<guestfs_launch> を呼び出す必要があります。

This is mainly useful as a negative test.  If this returns true, it doesn't
mean that a particular filesystem can be created or mounted, since
filesystems can fail for other reasons such as it being a later version of
the filesystem, or having incompatible features, or lacking the right
mkfs.E<lt>I<fs>E<gt> tool.

C<guestfs_available>, C<guestfs_feature_available>,
L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.19.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_filesystem_walk

 struct guestfs_tsk_dirent_list *
 guestfs_filesystem_walk (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device);

Walk through the internal structures of a disk partition (eg. F</dev/sda1>)
in order to return a list of all the files and directories stored within.

It is not necessary to mount the disk partition to run this command.

All entries in the filesystem are returned. This function can list deleted
or unaccessible files. The entries are I<not> sorted.

The C<tsk_dirent> structure contains the following fields.

=over 4

=item C<tsk_inode>

Filesystem reference number of the node. It might be C<0> if the node has
been deleted.

=item C<tsk_type>

Basic file type information.  See below for a detailed list of values.

=item C<tsk_size>

File size in bytes. It might be C<-1> if the node has been deleted.

=item C<tsk_name>

The file path relative to its directory.

=item C<tsk_flags>

Bitfield containing extra information regarding the entry.  It contains the
logical OR of the following values:

=over 4

=item 0x0001

If set to C<1>, the file is allocated and visible within the filesystem.
Otherwise, the file has been deleted.  Under certain circumstances, the
function C<download_inode> can be used to recover deleted files.

=item 0x0002

Filesystem such as NTFS and Ext2 or greater, separate the file name from the
metadata structure.  The bit is set to C<1> when the file name is in an
unallocated state and the metadata structure is in an allocated one.  This
generally implies the metadata has been reallocated to a new file.
Therefore, information such as file type, file size, timestamps, number of
links and symlink target might not correspond with the ones of the original
deleted entry.

=item 0x0004

The bit is set to C<1> when the file is compressed using filesystem native
compression support (NTFS). The API is not able to detect application level
compression.

=back

=item C<tsk_atime_sec>

=item C<tsk_atime_nsec>

=item C<tsk_mtime_sec>

=item C<tsk_mtime_nsec>

=item C<tsk_ctime_sec>

=item C<tsk_ctime_nsec>

=item C<tsk_crtime_sec>

=item C<tsk_crtime_nsec>

Respectively, access, modification, last status change and creation time in
Unix format in seconds and nanoseconds.

=item C<tsk_nlink>

Number of file names pointing to this entry.

=item C<tsk_link>

If the entry is a symbolic link, this field will contain the path to the
target file.

=back

The C<tsk_type> field will contain one of the following characters:

=over 4

=item 'b'

ブロック特殊

=item 'c'

キャラクター特殊

=item 'd'

ディレクトリ

=item 'f'

FIFO (名前付きパイプ)

=item 'l'

シンボリックリンク

=item 'r'

通常のファイル

=item 's'

ソケット

=item 'h'

Shadow inode (Solaris)

=item 'w'

Whiteout inode (BSD)

=item 'u'

未知のファイル種別

=back

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_tsk_dirent_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_tsk_dirent_list>
after use>.

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<libtsk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.39)

=head2 guestfs_fill

 int
 guestfs_fill (guestfs_h *g,
               int c,
               int len,
               const char *path);

このコマンドは C<path> という新しいファイルを作成します。初期の内容は C<len> オクテットの C<c> です。ここで C<c> は
C<[0..255]> の範囲の数値である必要があります。

To fill a file with zero bytes (sparsely), it is much more efficient to use
C<guestfs_truncate_size>.  To create a file with a pattern of repeating
bytes use C<guestfs_fill_pattern>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.79 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fill_dir

 int
 guestfs_fill_dir (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *dir,
                   int nr);

This function, useful for testing filesystems, creates C<nr> empty files in
the directory C<dir> with names C<00000000> through C<nr-1> (ie. each file
name is 8 digits long padded with zeroes).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.32 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fill_pattern

 int
 guestfs_fill_pattern (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *pattern,
                       int len,
                       const char *path);

This function is like C<guestfs_fill> except that it creates a new file of
length C<len> containing the repeating pattern of bytes in C<pattern>.  The
pattern is truncated if necessary to ensure the length of the file is
exactly C<len> bytes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.3.12 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_find

 char **
 guestfs_find (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *directory);

This command lists out all files and directories, recursively, starting at
F<directory>.  It is essentially equivalent to running the shell command
C<find directory -print> but some post-processing happens on the output,
described below.

This returns a list of strings I<without any prefix>.  Thus if the directory
structure was:

 /tmp/a
 /tmp/b
 /tmp/c/d

then the returned list from C<guestfs_find> F</tmp> would be 4 elements:

 a
 b
 c
 c/d

If F<directory> is not a directory, then this command returns an error.

返された一覧は並び替えられています。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_find0

 int
 guestfs_find0 (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *directory,
                const char *files);

This command lists out all files and directories, recursively, starting at
F<directory>, placing the resulting list in the external file called
F<files>.

This command works the same way as C<guestfs_find> with the following
exceptions:

=over 4

=item *

The resulting list is written to an external file.

=item *

Items (filenames) in the result are separated by C<\0> characters.  See
L<find(1)> option I<-print0>.

=item *

結果の一覧はソートされていません。

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.74 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_find_inode

 struct guestfs_tsk_dirent_list *
 guestfs_find_inode (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     int64_t inode);

Searches all the entries associated with the given inode.

For each entry, a C<tsk_dirent> structure is returned.  See
C<filesystem_walk> for more information about C<tsk_dirent> structures.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_tsk_dirent_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_tsk_dirent_list>
after use>.

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<libtsk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.35.6)

=head2 guestfs_findfs_label

 char *
 guestfs_findfs_label (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *label);

This command searches the filesystems and returns the one which has the
given label.  An error is returned if no such filesystem can be found.

To find the label of a filesystem, use C<guestfs_vfs_label>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_findfs_uuid

 char *
 guestfs_findfs_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *uuid);

This command searches the filesystems and returns the one which has the
given UUID.  An error is returned if no such filesystem can be found.

ファイルシステムの UUID を見つけるには C<guestfs_vfs_uuid> を使用します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fsck

 int
 guestfs_fsck (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *fstype,
               const char *device);

This runs the filesystem checker (fsck) on C<device> which should have
filesystem type C<fstype>.

返された整数は状態です。 C<fsck> からの状態コードの一覧は L<fsck(8)> を参照してください。

注:

=over 4

=item *

複数の状態コードが同時に合計されるかもしれません。

=item *

A non-zero return code can mean "success", for example if errors have been
corrected on the filesystem.

=item *

Checking or repairing NTFS volumes is not supported (by linux-ntfs).

=back

This command is entirely equivalent to running C<fsck -a -t fstype device>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.16 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fstrim

 int
 guestfs_fstrim (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *mountpoint,
                 ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_FSTRIM_OFFSET, int64_t offset,
 GUESTFS_FSTRIM_LENGTH, int64_t length,
 GUESTFS_FSTRIM_MINIMUMFREEEXTENT, int64_t minimumfreeextent,

Trim the free space in the filesystem mounted on C<mountpoint>.  The
filesystem must be mounted read-write.

The filesystem contents are not affected, but any free space in the
filesystem is "trimmed", that is, given back to the host device, thus making
disk images more sparse, allowing unused space in qcow2 files to be reused,
etc.

This operation requires support in libguestfs, the mounted filesystem, the
host filesystem, qemu and the host kernel.  If this support isn't present it
may give an error or even appear to run but do nothing.

In the case where the kernel vfs driver does not support trimming, this call
will fail with errno set to C<ENOTSUP>.  Currently this happens when trying
to trim FAT filesystems.

See also C<guestfs_zero_free_space>.  That is a slightly different operation
that turns free space in the filesystem into zeroes.  It is valid to call
C<guestfs_fstrim> either instead of, or after calling
C<guestfs_zero_free_space>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<fstrim>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_fstrim_va

 int
 guestfs_fstrim_va (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *mountpoint,
                    va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_fstrim> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_fstrim_argv

 int
 guestfs_fstrim_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *mountpoint,
                      const struct guestfs_fstrim_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_fstrim> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_get_append

 const char *
 guestfs_get_append (guestfs_h *g);

Return the additional kernel options which are added to the libguestfs
appliance kernel command line.

C<NULL> ならば、オプションが追加されません。

This function returns a string which may be NULL.  There is no way to return
an error from this function.  The string is owned by the guest handle and
must I<not> be freed.

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_attach_method

 char *
 guestfs_get_attach_method (guestfs_h *g);

I<この函数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_get_backend> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Return the current backend.

C<guestfs_set_backend> および L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND> 参照。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.9.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_autosync

 int
 guestfs_get_autosync (guestfs_h *g);

autosync フラグを取得します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_backend

 char *
 guestfs_get_backend (guestfs_h *g);

Return the current backend.

This handle property was previously called the "attach method".

C<guestfs_set_backend> および L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND> 参照。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.21.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_backend_setting

 char *
 guestfs_get_backend_setting (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *name);

Find a backend setting string which is either C<"name"> or begins with
C<"name=">.  If C<"name">, this returns the string C<"1">.  If C<"name=">,
this returns the part after the equals sign (which may be an empty string).

If no such setting is found, this function throws an error.  The errno (see
C<guestfs_last_errno>) will be C<ESRCH> in this case.

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>, L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND SETTINGS>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.27.2)

=head2 guestfs_get_backend_settings

 char **
 guestfs_get_backend_settings (guestfs_h *g);

Return the current backend settings.

This call returns all backend settings strings.  If you want to find a
single backend setting, see C<guestfs_get_backend_setting>.

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>, L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND SETTINGS>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(Added in 1.25.24)

=head2 guestfs_get_cachedir

 char *
 guestfs_get_cachedir (guestfs_h *g);

アプライアンスのキャッシュを保存するために、ハンドルにより使用されるディレクトリーを取得します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.58 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_direct

 int
 guestfs_get_direct (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_internal_get_console_socket> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Return the direct appliance mode flag.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.72 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_e2attrs

 char *
 guestfs_get_e2attrs (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *file);

This returns the file attributes associated with F<file>.

The attributes are a set of bits associated with each inode which affect the
behaviour of the file.  The attributes are returned as a string of letters
(described below).  The string may be empty, indicating that no file
attributes are set for this file.

These attributes are only present when the file is located on an ext2/3/4
filesystem.  Using this call on other filesystem types will result in an
error.

The characters (file attributes) in the returned string are currently:

=over 4

=item 'A'

ファイルがアクセスされたとき、アクセス日時 (atime) を変更しません。

=item 'a'

ファイルは追記専用です。

=item 'c'

ファイルはディスクにおいて圧縮されます。

=item 'D'

(ディレクトリーのみ。) このディレクトリーへの変更がディスクに同期的に書き込まれます。

=item 'd'

The file is not a candidate for backup (see L<dump(8)>).

=item 'E'

ファイルは圧縮エラーがあります。

=item 'e'

ファイルは拡張属性を使用しています。

=item 'h'

The file is storing its blocks in units of the filesystem blocksize instead
of sectors.

=item 'I'

(ディレクトリーのみ。)  ディレクトリーはハッシュツリーを使用しています。

=item 'i'

The file is immutable.  It cannot be modified, deleted or renamed.  No link
can be created to this file.

=item 'j'

ファイルはジャーナル付きデータです。

=item 's'

ファイルが削除されるとき、そのブロックはすべてゼロが書き込みされます。

=item 'S'

このファイルへの変更は同期的にディスクに書き込まれます。

=item 'T'

(Directories only.)  This is a hint to the block allocator that
subdirectories contained in this directory should be spread across blocks.
If not present, the block allocator will try to group subdirectories
together.

=item 't'

For a file, this disables tail-merging.  (Not used by upstream
implementations of ext2.)

=item 'u'

When the file is deleted, its blocks will be saved, allowing the file to be
undeleted.

=item 'X'

圧縮ファイルの内容にアクセスできます。

=item 'Z'

圧縮されたファイルがダーティーです。

=back

More file attributes may be added to this list later.  Not all file
attributes may be set for all kinds of files.  For detailed information,
consult the L<chattr(1)> man page.

C<guestfs_set_e2attrs> 参照。

Don't confuse these attributes with extended attributes (see
C<guestfs_getxattr>).

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.17.31 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_e2generation

 int64_t
 guestfs_get_e2generation (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *file);

This returns the ext2 file generation of a file.  The generation (which used
to be called the "version") is a number associated with an inode.  This is
most commonly used by NFS servers.

The generation is only present when the file is located on an ext2/3/4
filesystem.  Using this call on other filesystem types will result in an
error.

C<guestfs_set_e2generation> 参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.31 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_e2label

 char *
 guestfs_get_e2label (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_vfs_label> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは C<device> にあるファイルシステムの ext2/3/4 ファイルシステムラベルを返します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_e2uuid

 char *
 guestfs_get_e2uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_vfs_uuid> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは C<device> にあるファイルシステムの ext2/3/4 ファイルシステム UUID を返します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_hv

 char *
 guestfs_get_hv (guestfs_h *g);

Return the current hypervisor binary.

This is always non-NULL.  If it wasn't set already, then this will return
the default qemu binary name.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.23.17)

=head2 guestfs_get_identifier

 const char *
 guestfs_get_identifier (guestfs_h *g);

Get the handle identifier.  See C<guestfs_set_identifier>.

This function returns a string, or NULL on error.  The string is owned by
the guest handle and must I<not> be freed.

(Added in 1.31.14)

=head2 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_challenge

 char *
 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_challenge (guestfs_h *g,
                                                     int index);

Get the challenge (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th requested
credential.  If libvirt did not provide a challenge, this returns the empty
string C<"">.

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_defresult

 char *
 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_defresult (guestfs_h *g,
                                                     int index);

Get the default result (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th requested
credential.  If libvirt did not provide a default result, this returns the
empty string C<"">.

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_prompt

 char *
 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credential_prompt (guestfs_h *g,
                                                  int index);

Get the prompt (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th requested
credential.  If libvirt did not provide a prompt, this returns the empty
string C<"">.

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credentials

 char **
 guestfs_get_libvirt_requested_credentials (guestfs_h *g);

This should only be called during the event callback for events of type
C<GUESTFS_EVENT_LIBVIRT_AUTH>.

Return the list of credentials requested by libvirt.  Possible values are a
subset of the strings provided when you called
C<guestfs_set_libvirt_supported_credentials>.

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_get_memsize

 int
 guestfs_get_memsize (guestfs_h *g);

This gets the memory size in megabytes allocated to the hypervisor.

If C<guestfs_set_memsize> was not called on this handle, and if
C<LIBGUESTFS_MEMSIZE> was not set, then this returns the compiled-in default
value for memsize.

libguestfs のアーキテクチャーの詳細は L<guestfs(3)> を参照してください。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_network

 int
 guestfs_get_network (guestfs_h *g);

これは有効化されているネットワークフラグを返します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_path

 const char *
 guestfs_get_path (guestfs_h *g);

現在の検索パスを返します。

This is always non-NULL.  If it wasn't set already, then this will return
the default path.

This function returns a string, or NULL on error.  The string is owned by
the guest handle and must I<not> be freed.

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_pgroup

 int
 guestfs_get_pgroup (guestfs_h *g);

これはプロセスグループフラグを返します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.11.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_pid

 int
 guestfs_get_pid (guestfs_h *g);

Return the process ID of the hypervisor.  If there is no hypervisor running,
then this will return an error.

This is an internal call used for debugging and testing.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.56 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_program

 const char *
 guestfs_get_program (guestfs_h *g);

Get the program name.  See C<guestfs_set_program>.

This function returns a string, or NULL on error.  The string is owned by
the guest handle and must I<not> be freed.

(1.21.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_qemu

 const char *
 guestfs_get_qemu (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_get_hv> call
instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Return the current hypervisor binary (usually qemu).

This is always non-NULL.  If it wasn't set already, then this will return
the default qemu binary name.

This function returns a string, or NULL on error.  The string is owned by
the guest handle and must I<not> be freed.

(1.0.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_recovery_proc

 int
 guestfs_get_recovery_proc (guestfs_h *g);

復元プロセス有効化フラグを返します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_selinux

 int
 guestfs_get_selinux (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_selinux_relabel> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This returns the current setting of the selinux flag which is passed to the
appliance at boot time.  See C<guestfs_set_selinux>.

libguestfs のアーキテクチャーの詳細は L<guestfs(3)> を参照してください。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.67 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_smp

 int
 guestfs_get_smp (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the number of virtual CPUs assigned to the appliance.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.13.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_sockdir

 char *
 guestfs_get_sockdir (guestfs_h *g);

Get the directory used by the handle to store temporary socket files.

This is different from C<guestfs_get_tmpdir>, as we need shorter paths for
sockets (due to the limited buffers of filenames for UNIX sockets), and
C<guestfs_get_tmpdir> may be too long for them.

The environment variable C<XDG_RUNTIME_DIR> controls the default value: If
C<XDG_RUNTIME_DIR> is set, then that is the default.  Else F</tmp> is the
default.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.33.8)

=head2 guestfs_get_state

 int
 guestfs_get_state (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the current state as an opaque integer.  This is only useful
for printing debug and internal error messages.

For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_tmpdir

 char *
 guestfs_get_tmpdir (guestfs_h *g);

Get the directory used by the handle to store temporary files.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.58 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_trace

 int
 guestfs_get_trace (guestfs_h *g);

コマンドトレースフラグを返します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.69 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_umask

 int
 guestfs_get_umask (guestfs_h *g);

Return the current umask.  By default the umask is C<022> unless it has been
set by calling C<guestfs_umask>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_get_verbose

 int
 guestfs_get_verbose (guestfs_h *g);

これはメッセージ冗長化フラグを返します。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_getcon

 char *
 guestfs_getcon (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_selinux_relabel> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これはデーモンの SELinux セキュリティコンテキストを取得します。

L<guestfs(3)> における SELinux および C<guestfs_setcon> に関するドキュメントを参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<selinux>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.67 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_getxattr

 char *
 guestfs_getxattr (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *path,
                   const char *name,
                   size_t *size_r);

Get a single extended attribute from file C<path> named C<name>.  This call
follows symlinks.  If you want to lookup an extended attribute for the
symlink itself, use C<guestfs_lgetxattr>.

Normally it is better to get all extended attributes from a file in one go
by calling C<guestfs_getxattrs>.  However some Linux filesystem
implementations are buggy and do not provide a way to list out attributes.
For these filesystems (notably ntfs-3g)  you have to know the names of the
extended attributes you want in advance and call this function.

Extended attribute values are blobs of binary data.  If there is no extended
attribute named C<name>, this returns an error.

関連項目: C<guestfs_getxattrs>, C<guestfs_lgetxattr>, L<attr(5)>

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.7.24 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_getxattrs

 struct guestfs_xattr_list *
 guestfs_getxattrs (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path);

This call lists the extended attributes of the file or directory C<path>.

At the system call level, this is a combination of the L<listxattr(2)> and
L<getxattr(2)> calls.

関連項目: C<guestfs_lgetxattrs>, L<attr(5)>

この関数は C<struct guestfs_xattr_list *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_xattr_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_glob_expand

 char **
 guestfs_glob_expand (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *pattern);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_glob_expand_opts> with no
optional arguments.

(1.0.50 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_glob_expand_opts

 char **
 guestfs_glob_expand_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *pattern,
                           ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_GLOB_EXPAND_OPTS_DIRECTORYSLASH, int directoryslash,

This command searches for all the pathnames matching C<pattern> according to
the wildcard expansion rules used by the shell.

If no paths match, then this returns an empty list (note: not an error).

It is just a wrapper around the C L<glob(3)> function with flags
C<GLOB_MARK|GLOB_BRACE>.  See that manual page for more details.

C<directoryslash> controls whether use the C<GLOB_MARK> flag for L<glob(3)>,
and it defaults to true.  It can be explicitly set as off to return no
trailing slashes in filenames of directories.

Notice that there is no equivalent command for expanding a device name
(eg. F</dev/sd*>).  Use C<guestfs_list_devices>, C<guestfs_list_partitions>
etc functions instead.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.50 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_glob_expand_opts_va

 char **
 guestfs_glob_expand_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *pattern,
                              va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_glob_expand_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_glob_expand_opts_argv

 char **
 guestfs_glob_expand_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *pattern,
                                const struct guestfs_glob_expand_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_glob_expand_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_grep

 char **
 guestfs_grep (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *regex,
               const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_grep_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.0.66 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_grep_opts

 char **
 guestfs_grep_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *regex,
                    const char *path,
                    ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_GREP_OPTS_EXTENDED, int extended,
 GUESTFS_GREP_OPTS_FIXED, int fixed,
 GUESTFS_GREP_OPTS_INSENSITIVE, int insensitive,
 GUESTFS_GREP_OPTS_COMPRESSED, int compressed,

This calls the external L<grep(1)> program and returns the matching lines.

オプションのフラグは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<extended>

Use extended regular expressions.  This is the same as using the I<-E> flag.

=item C<fixed>

Match fixed (don't use regular expressions).  This is the same as using the
I<-F> flag.

=item C<insensitive>

Match case-insensitive.  This is the same as using the I<-i> flag.

=item C<compressed>

Use L<zgrep(1)> instead of L<grep(1)>.  This allows the input to be
compress- or gzip-compressed.

=back

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_grep_opts_va

 char **
 guestfs_grep_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *regex,
                       const char *path,
                       va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_grep_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_grep_opts_argv

 char **
 guestfs_grep_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *regex,
                         const char *path,
                         const struct guestfs_grep_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_grep_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_grepi

 char **
 guestfs_grepi (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *regex,
                const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<grep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_grub_install

 int
 guestfs_grub_install (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *root,
                       const char *device);

This command installs GRUB 1 (the Grand Unified Bootloader) on C<device>,
with the root directory being C<root>.

注:

=over 4

=item *

There is currently no way in the API to install grub2, which is used by most
modern Linux guests.  It is possible to run the grub2 command from the
guest, although see the caveats in L<guestfs(3)/RUNNING COMMANDS>.

=item *

This uses L<grub-install(8)> from the host.  Unfortunately grub is not
always compatible with itself, so this only works in rather narrow
circumstances.  Careful testing with each guest version is advisable.

=item *

If grub-install reports the error "No suitable drive was found in the
generated device map." it may be that you need to create a
F</boot/grub/device.map> file first that contains the mapping between grub
device names and Linux device names.  It is usually sufficient to create a
file containing:

 (hd0) /dev/vda

replacing F</dev/vda> with the name of the installation device.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<grub>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_head

 char **
 guestfs_head (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

このコマンドは文字列の一覧として、ファイルの先頭 10 行までを返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_head_n

 char **
 guestfs_head_n (guestfs_h *g,
                 int nrlines,
                 const char *path);

パラメーター C<nrlines> が正の数ならば、これはファイル C<path> の先頭 C<nrlines> 行を返します。

パラメーター C<nrlines> が負の数ならば、これはファイル C<path> の末尾 C<nrlines> 行を取り除いた行を返します。

パラメーター C<nrlines> が 0 ならば、空の一覧を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hexdump

 char *
 guestfs_hexdump (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

指定された C<path> において C<hexdump -C> を実行します。結果は、読みやすい形式になり、ファイルの正規化された 16
進ダンプです。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_close

 int
 guestfs_hivex_close (guestfs_h *g);

現在の hivex ハンドルを閉じます。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_commit

 int
 guestfs_hivex_commit (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *filename);

ハイブへの変更をコミット（書き込み）します。

If the optional F<filename> parameter is null, then the changes are written
back to the same hive that was opened.  If this is not null then they are
written to the alternate filename given and the original hive is left
untouched.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_add_child

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_node_add_child (guestfs_h *g,
                               int64_t parent,
                               const char *name);

子ノードに C<name> という名前の C<parent> を追加します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_children

 struct guestfs_hivex_node_list *
 guestfs_hivex_node_children (guestfs_h *g,
                              int64_t nodeh);

C<nodeh> のサブキーであるノードの一覧を返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は C<struct guestfs_hivex_node_list *> を返します。エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用した後に C<guestfs_free_hivex_node_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_delete_child

 int
 guestfs_hivex_node_delete_child (guestfs_h *g,
                                  int64_t nodeh);

C<nodeh> を削除します。必要に応じて、再帰的に削除します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_get_child

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_node_get_child (guestfs_h *g,
                               int64_t nodeh,
                               const char *name);

Return the child of C<nodeh> with the name C<name>, if it exists.  This can
return C<0> meaning the name was not found.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_get_value

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_node_get_value (guestfs_h *g,
                               int64_t nodeh,
                               const char *key);

Return the value attached to C<nodeh> which has the name C<key>, if it
exists.  This can return C<0> meaning the key was not found.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_name

 char *
 guestfs_hivex_node_name (guestfs_h *g,
                          int64_t nodeh);

C<nodeh> の名前を返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_parent

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_node_parent (guestfs_h *g,
                            int64_t nodeh);

C<nodeh> の親ノードを返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_set_value

 int
 guestfs_hivex_node_set_value (guestfs_h *g,
                               int64_t nodeh,
                               const char *key,
                               int64_t t,
                               const char *val,
                               size_t val_size);

Set or replace a single value under the node C<nodeh>.  The C<key> is the
name, C<t> is the type, and C<val> is the data.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_node_values

 struct guestfs_hivex_value_list *
 guestfs_hivex_node_values (guestfs_h *g,
                            int64_t nodeh);

Return the array of (key, datatype, data) tuples attached to C<nodeh>.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は C<struct guestfs_hivex_value_list *> を返します。エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用した後に C<guestfs_free_hivex_value_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_open

 int
 guestfs_hivex_open (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *filename,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_HIVEX_OPEN_VERBOSE, int verbose,
 GUESTFS_HIVEX_OPEN_DEBUG, int debug,
 GUESTFS_HIVEX_OPEN_WRITE, int write,
 GUESTFS_HIVEX_OPEN_UNSAFE, int unsafe,

Open the Windows Registry hive file named F<filename>.  If there was any
previous hivex handle associated with this guestfs session, then it is
closed.

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_open_va

 int
 guestfs_hivex_open_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *filename,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_hivex_open> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_hivex_open_argv

 int
 guestfs_hivex_open_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *filename,
                          const struct guestfs_hivex_open_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_hivex_open> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_hivex_root

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_root (guestfs_h *g);

ハイブのルートノードを返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_value_key

 char *
 guestfs_hivex_value_key (guestfs_h *g,
                          int64_t valueh);

(key, datatype, data) 組のキー (name) 項目を返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_value_string

 char *
 guestfs_hivex_value_string (guestfs_h *g,
                             int64_t valueh);

This calls C<guestfs_hivex_value_value> (which returns the data field from a
hivex value tuple).  It then assumes that the field is a UTF-16LE string and
converts the result to UTF-8 (or if this is not possible, it returns an
error).

This is useful for reading strings out of the Windows registry.  However it
is not foolproof because the registry is not strongly-typed and fields can
contain arbitrary or unexpected data.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.37.22)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_value_type

 int64_t
 guestfs_hivex_value_type (guestfs_h *g,
                           int64_t valueh);

(key, datatype, data) 組の datatype 項目を返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_value_utf8

 char *
 guestfs_hivex_value_utf8 (guestfs_h *g,
                           int64_t valueh);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_hivex_value_string> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This calls C<guestfs_hivex_value_value> (which returns the data field from a
hivex value tuple).  It then assumes that the field is a UTF-16LE string and
converts the result to UTF-8 (or if this is not possible, it returns an
error).

This is useful for reading strings out of the Windows registry.  However it
is not foolproof because the registry is not strongly-typed and fields can
contain arbitrary or unexpected data.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_hivex_value_value

 char *
 guestfs_hivex_value_value (guestfs_h *g,
                            int64_t valueh,
                            size_t *size_r);

(key, datatype, data) 組のデータ項目を返します。

これは同じ名前の L<hivex(3)> のラッパーです。

関連項目: C<guestfs_hivex_value_utf8>。

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<hivex>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.35 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_initrd_cat

 char *
 guestfs_initrd_cat (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *initrdpath,
                     const char *filename,
                     size_t *size_r);

This command unpacks the file F<filename> from the initrd file called
F<initrdpath>.  The filename must be given I<without> the initial F</>
character.

For example, in guestfish you could use the following command to examine the
boot script (usually called F</init>)  contained in a Linux initrd or
initramfs image:

 initrd-cat /boot/initrd-<version>.img init

C<guestfs_initrd_list> 参照。

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.84 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_initrd_list

 char **
 guestfs_initrd_list (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path);

このコマンドは initrd に含まれるファイルを一覧表示します。

The files are listed without any initial F</> character.  The files are
listed in the order they appear (not necessarily alphabetical).  Directory
names are listed as separate items.

古い Linux カーネル (2.4 およびそれ以前) は initrd として圧縮 ext2 ファイルシステムを使用していました。新しい
initramfs 形式 (圧縮 cpio ファイル) I<のみ> をサポートします。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_add_watch

 int64_t
 guestfs_inotify_add_watch (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path,
                            int mask);

C<mask> に一覧化されたイベントに対して C<path> を監視します。

Note that if C<path> is a directory then events within that directory are
watched, but this does I<not> happen recursively (in subdirectories).

Note for non-C or non-Linux callers: the inotify events are defined by the
Linux kernel ABI and are listed in F</usr/include/sys/inotify.h>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_close

 int
 guestfs_inotify_close (guestfs_h *g);

This closes the inotify handle which was previously opened by inotify_init.
It removes all watches, throws away any pending events, and deallocates all
resources.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_files

 char **
 guestfs_inotify_files (guestfs_h *g);

This function is a helpful wrapper around C<guestfs_inotify_read> which just
returns a list of pathnames of objects that were touched.  The returned
pathnames are sorted and deduplicated.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_init

 int
 guestfs_inotify_init (guestfs_h *g,
                       int maxevents);

This command creates a new inotify handle.  The inotify subsystem can be
used to notify events which happen to objects in the guest filesystem.

C<maxevents> is the maximum number of events which will be queued up between
calls to C<guestfs_inotify_read> or C<guestfs_inotify_files>.  If this is
passed as C<0>, then the kernel (or previously set)  default is used.  For
Linux 2.6.29 the default was 16384 events.  Beyond this limit, the kernel
throws away events, but records the fact that it threw them away by setting
a flag C<IN_Q_OVERFLOW> in the returned structure list (see
C<guestfs_inotify_read>).

何らかのイベントを生成する前に、いくつかのウォッチと内部ウォッチリストに追加する必要があります。  参照:
C<guestfs_inotify_add_watch> および C<guestfs_inotify_rm_watch>。

Queued up events should be read periodically by calling
C<guestfs_inotify_read> (or C<guestfs_inotify_files> which is just a helpful
wrapper around C<guestfs_inotify_read>).  If you don't read the events out
often enough then you risk the internal queue overflowing.

The handle should be closed after use by calling C<guestfs_inotify_close>.
This also removes any watches automatically.

See also L<inotify(7)> for an overview of the inotify interface as exposed
by the Linux kernel, which is roughly what we expose via libguestfs.  Note
that there is one global inotify handle per libguestfs instance.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_read

 struct guestfs_inotify_event_list *
 guestfs_inotify_read (guestfs_h *g);

Return the complete queue of events that have happened since the previous
read call.

何もイベントが起きないと、これは空の一覧を返します。

I<Note>: In order to make sure that all events have been read, you must call
this function repeatedly until it returns an empty list.  The reason is that
the call will read events up to the maximum appliance-to-host message size
and leave remaining events in the queue.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_inotify_event_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call
C<guestfs_free_inotify_event_list> after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inotify_rm_watch

 int
 guestfs_inotify_rm_watch (guestfs_h *g,
                           int wd);

前に定義された inotify ウォッチを削除します。 C<guestfs_inotify_add_watch> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<inotify>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_arch

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_arch (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *root);

これは検査したオペレーティングシステムのアーキテクチャーを返します。とりうる値は C<guestfs_file_architecture>
の下に一覧化されています。

アーキテクチャーが決められなければ、文字列 C<unknown> が返されます。

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_distro

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_distro (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *root);

これは検査したオペレーティングシステムのディストリビューションを返します。

定義されているディストリビューションは現在次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item "alpinelinux"

Alpine Linux.

=item "altlinux"

ALT Linux.

=item "archlinux"

Arch Linux.

=item "buildroot"

Buildroot 派生のディストリビューション. 具体的にどれかを認識しません.

=item "centos"

CentOS.

=item "cirros"

Cirros.

=item "coreos"

CoreOS.

=item "debian"

Debian.

=item "fedora"

Fedora.

=item "freebsd"

FreeBSD.

=item "freedos"

FreeDOS.

=item "frugalware"

Frugalware.

=item "gentoo"

Gentoo.

=item "kalilinux"

Kali Linux.

=item "linuxmint"

Linux Mint.

=item "mageia"

Mageia.

=item "mandriva"

Mandriva.

=item "meego"

MeeGo.

=item "msdos"

Microsoft DOS.

=item "neokylin"

NeoKylin.

=item "netbsd"

NetBSD.

=item "openbsd"

OpenBSD.

=item "openmandriva"

OpenMandriva Lx.

=item "opensuse"

OpenSUSE.

=item "oraclelinux"

Oracle Linux.

=item "pardus"

Pardus.

=item "pldlinux"

PLD Linux.

=item "redhat-based"

いくつかの Red Hat 派生ディストリビューション.

=item "rhel"

Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

=item "scientificlinux"

Scientific Linux.

=item "slackware"

Slackware.

=item "sles"

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server または Desktop.

=item "suse-based"

いくつかの openSuSE 派生ディストリビューション.

=item "ttylinux"

ttylinux.

=item "ubuntu"

Ubuntu.

=item "unknown"

ディストリビューションがわかりませんでした。

=item "voidlinux"

Void Linux.

=item "windows"

Windows はディストリビューションがありません。OS 種別が Windows ならば、この文字列は返されません。

=back

libguestfs の将来のバージョンは、ここに他の文字列を返す可能性があります。呼び出し元はあらゆる文字列の処理に備えなければいけません。

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_drive_mappings

 char **
 guestfs_inspect_get_drive_mappings (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *root);

This call is useful for Windows which uses a primitive system of assigning
drive letters (like F<C:\>) to partitions.  This inspection API examines the
Windows Registry to find out how disks/partitions are mapped to drive
letters, and returns a hash table as in the example below:

 C      =>     /dev/vda2
 E      =>     /dev/vdb1
 F      =>     /dev/vdc1

Note that keys are drive letters.  For Windows, the key is case insensitive
and just contains the drive letter, without the customary colon separator
character.

In future we may support other operating systems that also used drive
letters, but the keys for those might not be case insensitive and might be
longer than 1 character.  For example in OS-9, hard drives were named C<h0>,
C<h1> etc.

For Windows guests, currently only hard drive mappings are returned.
Removable disks (eg. DVD-ROMs) are ignored.

For guests that do not use drive mappings, or if the drive mappings could
not be determined, this returns an empty hash table.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を確認してください。合わせて
C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>, C<guestfs_inspect_get_filesystems>
を参照してください。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.9.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_filesystems

 char **
 guestfs_inspect_get_filesystems (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *root);

This returns a list of all the filesystems that we think are associated with
this operating system.  This includes the root filesystem, other ordinary
filesystems, and non-mounted devices like swap partitions.

In the case of a multi-boot virtual machine, it is possible for a filesystem
to be shared between operating systems.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を読んでください。  C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>
参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_format

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_format (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *root);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Before libguestfs 1.38, there was some unreliable support for detecting
installer CDs.  This API would return:

=over 4

=item C<installed>

インストールされているオペレーティングシステムです。

=item C<installer>

検査されるディスクイメージが、インストールされたオペレーティング・システムではなく、I<ブート可能な> インストールディスク、ライブ
CD、または似たようなものです。

=item C<unknown>

このディスクイメージの形式は不明です。

=back

In libguestfs E<ge> 1.38, this only returns C<installed>.  Use libosinfo
directly to detect installer CDs.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.9.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_hostname

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_hostname (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *root);

This function returns the hostname of the operating system as found by
inspection of the guest’s configuration files.

If the hostname could not be determined, then the string C<unknown> is
returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.7.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_icon

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_icon (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *root,
                           size_t *size_r,
                           ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_INSPECT_GET_ICON_FAVICON, int favicon,
 GUESTFS_INSPECT_GET_ICON_HIGHQUALITY, int highquality,

This function returns an icon corresponding to the inspected operating
system.  The icon is returned as a buffer containing a PNG image (re-encoded
to PNG if necessary).

If it was not possible to get an icon this function returns a zero-length
(non-NULL) buffer.  I<Callers must check for this case>.

Libguestfs will start by looking for a file called F</etc/favicon.png> or
F<C:\etc\favicon.png> and if it has the correct format, the contents of this
file will be returned.  You can disable favicons by passing the optional
C<favicon> boolean as false (default is true).

If finding the favicon fails, then we look in other places in the guest for
a suitable icon.

If the optional C<highquality> boolean is true then only high quality icons
are returned, which means only icons of high resolution with an alpha
channel.  The default (false) is to return any icon we can, even if it is of
substandard quality.

注:

=over 4

=item *

Unlike most other inspection API calls, the guest’s disks must be mounted up
before you call this, since it needs to read information from the guest
filesystem during the call.

=item *

B<Security:> The icon data comes from the untrusted guest, and should be
treated with caution.  PNG files have been known to contain exploits.
Ensure that libpng (or other relevant libraries) are fully up to date before
trying to process or display the icon.

=item *

The PNG image returned can be any size.  It might not be square.  Libguestfs
tries to return the largest, highest quality icon available.  The
application must scale the icon to the required size.

=item *

Extracting icons from Windows guests requires the external L<wrestool(1)>
program from the C<icoutils> package, and several programs (L<bmptopnm(1)>,
L<pnmtopng(1)>, L<pamcut(1)>)  from the C<netpbm> package.  These must be
installed separately.

=item *

Operating system icons are usually trademarks.  Seek legal advice before
using trademarks in applications.

=back

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

(1.11.12 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_icon_va

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_icon_va (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *root,
                              size_t *size_r,
                              va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_inspect_get_icon> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_icon_argv

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_icon_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *root,
                                size_t *size_r,
                                const struct guestfs_inspect_get_icon_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_inspect_get_icon> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_major_version

 int
 guestfs_inspect_get_major_version (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *root);

This returns the major version number of the inspected operating system.

Windows uses a consistent versioning scheme which is I<not> reflected in the
popular public names used by the operating system.  Notably the operating
system known as "Windows 7" is really version 6.1 (ie. major = 6, minor =
1).  You can find out the real versions corresponding to releases of Windows
by consulting Wikipedia or MSDN.

If the version could not be determined, then C<0> is returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_minor_version

 int
 guestfs_inspect_get_minor_version (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *root);

検査するオペレーティングシステムのマイナーバージョン番号を返します。

If the version could not be determined, then C<0> is returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を読んでください。  C<guestfs_inspect_get_major_version>
参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints

 char **
 guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *root);

This returns a hash of where we think the filesystems associated with this
operating system should be mounted.  Callers should note that this is at
best an educated guess made by reading configuration files such as
F</etc/fstab>.  I<In particular note> that this may return filesystems which
are non-existent or not mountable and callers should be prepared to handle
or ignore failures if they try to mount them.

Each element in the returned hashtable has a key which is the path of the
mountpoint (eg. F</boot>) and a value which is the filesystem that would be
mounted there (eg. F</dev/sda1>).

Non-mounted devices such as swap devices are I<not> returned in this list.

For operating systems like Windows which still use drive letters, this call
will only return an entry for the first drive "mounted on" F</>.  For
information about the mapping of drive letters to partitions, see
C<guestfs_inspect_get_drive_mappings>.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を読んでください。  C<guestfs_inspect_get_filesystems>
参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_osinfo

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_osinfo (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *root);

This function returns a possible short ID for libosinfo corresponding to the
guest.

I<Note:> The returned ID is only a guess by libguestfs, and nothing ensures
that it actually exists in osinfo-db.

If no ID could not be determined, then the string C<unknown> is returned.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.39.1)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_package_format

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_package_format (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *root);

This function and C<guestfs_inspect_get_package_management> return the
package format and package management tool used by the inspected operating
system.  For example for Fedora these functions would return C<rpm> (package
format), and C<yum> or C<dnf> (package management).

This returns the string C<unknown> if we could not determine the package
format I<or> if the operating system does not have a real packaging system
(eg. Windows).

Possible strings include: C<rpm>, C<deb>, C<ebuild>, C<pisi>, C<pacman>,
C<pkgsrc>, C<apk>, C<xbps>.  Future versions of libguestfs may return other
strings.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.7.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_package_management

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_package_management (guestfs_h *g,
                                         const char *root);

C<guestfs_inspect_get_package_format> and this function return the package
format and package management tool used by the inspected operating system.
For example for Fedora these functions would return C<rpm> (package format),
and C<yum> or C<dnf> (package management).

This returns the string C<unknown> if we could not determine the package
management tool I<or> if the operating system does not have a real packaging
system (eg. Windows).

Possible strings include: C<yum>, C<dnf>, C<up2date>, C<apt> (for all Debian
derivatives), C<portage>, C<pisi>, C<pacman>, C<urpmi>, C<zypper>, C<apk>,
C<xbps>.  Future versions of libguestfs may return other strings.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.7.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_product_name

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_product_name (guestfs_h *g,
                                   const char *root);

This returns the product name of the inspected operating system.  The
product name is generally some freeform string which can be displayed to the
user, but should not be parsed by programs.

If the product name could not be determined, then the string C<unknown> is
returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_product_variant

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_product_variant (guestfs_h *g,
                                      const char *root);

This returns the product variant of the inspected operating system.

For Windows guests, this returns the contents of the Registry key
C<HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion> C<InstallationType>
which is usually a string such as C<Client> or C<Server> (other values are
possible).  This can be used to distinguish consumer and enterprise versions
of Windows that have the same version number (for example, Windows 7 and
Windows 2008 Server are both version 6.1, but the former is C<Client> and
the latter is C<Server>).

For enterprise Linux guests, in future we intend this to return the product
variant such as C<Desktop>, C<Server> and so on.  But this is not
implemented at present.

If the product variant could not be determined, then the string C<unknown>
is returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。 C<guestfs_inspect_get_product_name>,
C<guestfs_inspect_get_major_version> も合わせて参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.9.13 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_roots

 char **
 guestfs_inspect_get_roots (guestfs_h *g);

This function is a convenient way to get the list of root devices, as
returned from a previous call to C<guestfs_inspect_os>, but without redoing
the whole inspection process.

This returns an empty list if either no root devices were found or the
caller has not called C<guestfs_inspect_os>.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.7.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_type

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_type (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *root);

This returns the type of the inspected operating system.  Currently defined
types are:

=over 4

=item "linux"

すべての Linux ベースのオペレーティングシステム.

=item "windows"

すべての Microsoft Windows オペレーティングシステム.

=item "freebsd"

FreeBSD.

=item "netbsd"

NetBSD.

=item "openbsd"

OpenBSD.

=item "hurd"

GNU/Hurd.

=item "dos"

MS-DOS, FreeDOS およびその他.

=item "minix"

MINIX.

=item "unknown"

オペレーティング・システムの種類がわかりませんでした。

=back

libguestfs の将来のバージョンは、ここに他の文字列を返す可能性があります。呼び出し元はあらゆる文字列の処理に備えなければいけません。

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_current_control_set

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_current_control_set (guestfs_h *g,
                                                  const char *root);

これは検査した仮想マシンの Windows CurrentControlSet を返します。 CurrentControlSet は
C<ControlSet001> のようなレジストリキーの名前です。

この呼び出しは、仮想マシンが Windows であり、レジストリが検査により確認できることを仮定しています。該当しない場合、エラーが返されます。

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.9.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_software_hive

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_software_hive (guestfs_h *g,
                                            const char *root);

This returns the path to the hive (binary Windows Registry file)
corresponding to HKLM\SOFTWARE.

This call assumes that the guest is Windows and that the guest has a
software hive file with the right name.  If this is not the case then an
error is returned.  This call does not check that the hive is a valid
Windows Registry hive.

You can use C<guestfs_hivex_open> to read or write to the hive.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.35.26)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_system_hive

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_system_hive (guestfs_h *g,
                                          const char *root);

This returns the path to the hive (binary Windows Registry file)
corresponding to HKLM\SYSTEM.

This call assumes that the guest is Windows and that the guest has a system
hive file with the right name.  If this is not the case then an error is
returned.  This call does not check that the hive is a valid Windows
Registry hive.

You can use C<guestfs_hivex_open> to read or write to the hive.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.35.26)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_systemroot

 char *
 guestfs_inspect_get_windows_systemroot (guestfs_h *g,
                                         const char *root);

This returns the Windows systemroot of the inspected guest.  The systemroot
is a directory path such as F</WINDOWS>.

This call assumes that the guest is Windows and that the systemroot could be
determined by inspection.  If this is not the case then an error is
returned.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_is_live

 int
 guestfs_inspect_is_live (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *root);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is deprecated and always returns C<false>.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.9.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_is_multipart

 int
 guestfs_inspect_is_multipart (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *root);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is deprecated and always returns C<false>.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.9.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_is_netinst

 int
 guestfs_inspect_is_netinst (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *root);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is deprecated and always returns C<false>.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.9.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_list_applications

 struct guestfs_application_list *
 guestfs_inspect_list_applications (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *root);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_inspect_list_applications2> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Return the list of applications installed in the operating system.

I<Note:> This call works differently from other parts of the inspection
API.  You have to call C<guestfs_inspect_os>, then
C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>, then mount up the disks, before calling
this.  Listing applications is a significantly more difficult operation
which requires access to the full filesystem.  Also note that unlike the
other C<guestfs_inspect_get_*> calls which are just returning data cached in
the libguestfs handle, this call actually reads parts of the mounted
filesystems during the call.

This returns an empty list if the inspection code was not able to determine
the list of applications.

The application structure contains the following fields:

=over 4

=item C<app_name>

The name of the application.  For Linux guests, this is the package name.

=item C<app_display_name>

The display name of the application, sometimes localized to the install
language of the guest operating system.

If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.  Callers needing
to display something can use C<app_name> instead.

=item C<app_epoch>

For package managers which use epochs, this contains the epoch of the
package (an integer).  If unavailable, this is returned as C<0>.

=item C<app_version>

The version string of the application or package.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_release>

The release string of the application or package, for package managers that
use this.  If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_install_path>

The installation path of the application (on operating systems such as
Windows which use installation paths).  This path is in the format used by
the guest operating system, it is not a libguestfs path.

If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_trans_path>

The install path translated into a libguestfs path.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_publisher>

The name of the publisher of the application, for package managers that use
this.  If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_url>

The URL (eg. upstream URL) of the application.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_source_package>

For packaging systems which support this, the name of the source package.
If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_summary>

A short (usually one line) description of the application or package.  If
unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app_description>

A longer description of the application or package.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=back

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_application_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_application_list>
after use>.

(1.7.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_list_applications2

 struct guestfs_application2_list *
 guestfs_inspect_list_applications2 (guestfs_h *g,
                                     const char *root);

Return the list of applications installed in the operating system.

I<Note:> This call works differently from other parts of the inspection
API.  You have to call C<guestfs_inspect_os>, then
C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>, then mount up the disks, before calling
this.  Listing applications is a significantly more difficult operation
which requires access to the full filesystem.  Also note that unlike the
other C<guestfs_inspect_get_*> calls which are just returning data cached in
the libguestfs handle, this call actually reads parts of the mounted
filesystems during the call.

This returns an empty list if the inspection code was not able to determine
the list of applications.

The application structure contains the following fields:

=over 4

=item C<app2_name>

The name of the application.  For Linux guests, this is the package name.

=item C<app2_display_name>

The display name of the application, sometimes localized to the install
language of the guest operating system.

If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.  Callers needing
to display something can use C<app2_name> instead.

=item C<app2_epoch>

For package managers which use epochs, this contains the epoch of the
package (an integer).  If unavailable, this is returned as C<0>.

=item C<app2_version>

The version string of the application or package.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_release>

The release string of the application or package, for package managers that
use this.  If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_arch>

The architecture string of the application or package, for package managers
that use this.  If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_install_path>

The installation path of the application (on operating systems such as
Windows which use installation paths).  This path is in the format used by
the guest operating system, it is not a libguestfs path.

If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_trans_path>

The install path translated into a libguestfs path.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_publisher>

The name of the publisher of the application, for package managers that use
this.  If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_url>

The URL (eg. upstream URL) of the application.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_source_package>

For packaging systems which support this, the name of the source package.
If unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_summary>

A short (usually one line) description of the application or package.  If
unavailable this is returned as an empty string C<"">.

=item C<app2_description>

A longer description of the application or package.  If unavailable this is
returned as an empty string C<"">.

=back

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_application2_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call
C<guestfs_free_application2_list> after use>.

(1.19.56 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_inspect_os

 char **
 guestfs_inspect_os (guestfs_h *g);

This function uses other libguestfs functions and certain heuristics to
inspect the disk(s) (usually disks belonging to a virtual machine), looking
for operating systems.

The list returned is empty if no operating systems were found.

If one operating system was found, then this returns a list with a single
element, which is the name of the root filesystem of this operating system.
It is also possible for this function to return a list containing more than
one element, indicating a dual-boot or multi-boot virtual machine, with each
element being the root filesystem of one of the operating systems.

You can pass the root string(s) returned to other C<guestfs_inspect_get_*>
functions in order to query further information about each operating system,
such as the name and version.

This function uses other libguestfs features such as C<guestfs_mount_ro> and
C<guestfs_umount_all> in order to mount and unmount filesystems and look at
the contents.  This should be called with no disks currently mounted.  The
function may also use Augeas, so any existing Augeas handle will be closed.

This function cannot decrypt encrypted disks.  The caller must do that first
(supplying the necessary keys) if the disk is encrypted.

詳細は L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION> を参照してください。

C<guestfs_list_filesystems> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_blockdev

 int
 guestfs_is_blockdev (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_blockdev_opts> with no
optional arguments.

(1.5.10 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *path,
                           ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_BLOCKDEV_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

与えられたC<パス>名を持つブロックデバイスがあれば、C<真>を返します。

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a block device also causes the function to return
true.

This call only looks at files within the guest filesystem.  Libguestfs
partitions and block devices (eg. F</dev/sda>) cannot be used as the C<path>
parameter of this call.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *path,
                              va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_blockdev_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_blockdev_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *path,
                                const struct guestfs_is_blockdev_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_blockdev_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_busy

 int
 guestfs_is_busy (guestfs_h *g);

This always returns false.  This function is deprecated with no
replacement.  Do not use this function.

For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_chardev

 int
 guestfs_is_chardev (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_chardev_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.5.10 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_chardev_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_chardev_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *path,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_CHARDEV_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a character device with the
given C<path> name.

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a chardev also causes the function to return true.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_chardev_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_chardev_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *path,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_chardev_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_chardev_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_chardev_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *path,
                               const struct guestfs_is_chardev_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_chardev_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_config

 int
 guestfs_is_config (guestfs_h *g);

This returns true iff this handle is being configured (in the C<CONFIG>
state).

For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_dir

 int
 guestfs_is_dir (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_dir_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(0.8 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_dir_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_dir_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_DIR_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a directory with the given
C<path> name.  Note that it returns false for other objects like files.

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a directory also causes the function to return
true.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_dir_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_dir_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *path,
                         va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_dir_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_dir_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_dir_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *path,
                           const struct guestfs_is_dir_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_dir_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_fifo

 int
 guestfs_is_fifo (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_fifo_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.5.10 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_fifo_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_fifo_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_FIFO_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a FIFO (named pipe)  with the
given C<path> name.

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a FIFO also causes the function to return true.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_fifo_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_fifo_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *path,
                          va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_fifo_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_fifo_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_fifo_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path,
                            const struct guestfs_is_fifo_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_fifo_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_file

 int
 guestfs_is_file (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_file_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(0.8 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_file_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_file_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_FILE_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a regular file with the given
C<path> name.  Note that it returns false for other objects like
directories.

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a file also causes the function to return true.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_file_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_file_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *path,
                          va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_file_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_file_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_file_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path,
                            const struct guestfs_is_file_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_file_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_launching

 int
 guestfs_is_launching (guestfs_h *g);

This returns true iff this handle is launching the subprocess (in the
C<LAUNCHING> state).

For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_lv

 int
 guestfs_is_lv (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *mountable);

This command tests whether C<mountable> is a logical volume, and returns
true iff this is the case.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_ready

 int
 guestfs_is_ready (guestfs_h *g);

This returns true iff this handle is ready to accept commands (in the
C<READY> state).

For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_socket

 int
 guestfs_is_socket (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_is_socket_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.5.10 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_is_socket_opts

 int
 guestfs_is_socket_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *path,
                         ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_IS_SOCKET_OPTS_FOLLOWSYMLINKS, int followsymlinks,

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a Unix domain socket with the
given C<path> name.

If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink (or chain of
symlinks) that ends with a socket also causes the function to return true.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_socket_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_is_socket_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *path,
                            va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_is_socket_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_socket_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_is_socket_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *path,
                              const struct guestfs_is_socket_opts_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_is_socket_opts>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_is_symlink

 int
 guestfs_is_symlink (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path);

This returns C<true> if and only if there is a symbolic link with the given
C<path> name.

C<guestfs_stat> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.5.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_whole_device

 int
 guestfs_is_whole_device (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device);

This returns C<true> if and only if C<device> refers to a whole block
device. That is, not a partition or a logical device.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.21.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_zero

 int
 guestfs_is_zero (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

This returns true iff the file exists and the file is empty or it contains
all zero bytes.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.11.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_is_zero_device

 int
 guestfs_is_zero_device (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

This returns true iff the device exists and contains all zero bytes.

Note that for large devices this can take a long time to run.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.11.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_isoinfo

 struct guestfs_isoinfo *
 guestfs_isoinfo (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *isofile);

This is the same as C<guestfs_isoinfo_device> except that it works for an
ISO file located inside some other mounted filesystem.  Note that in the
common case where you have added an ISO file as a libguestfs device, you
would I<not> call this.  Instead you would call C<guestfs_isoinfo_device>.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_isoinfo *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_isoinfo> after use>.

(1.17.19 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_isoinfo_device

 struct guestfs_isoinfo *
 guestfs_isoinfo_device (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

C<device> is an ISO device.  This returns a struct of information read from
the primary volume descriptor (the ISO equivalent of the superblock) of the
device.

Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command with the I<-d>
option on the host to analyze ISO files, instead of going through
libguestfs.

For information on the primary volume descriptor fields, see
L<https://wiki.osdev.org/ISO_9660#The_Primary_Volume_Descriptor>

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_isoinfo *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_isoinfo> after use>.

(1.17.19 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_journal_close

 int
 guestfs_journal_close (guestfs_h *g);

Close the journal handle.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_get

 struct guestfs_xattr_list *
 guestfs_journal_get (guestfs_h *g);

Read the current journal entry.  This returns all the fields in the journal
as a set of C<(attrname, attrval)> pairs.  The C<attrname> is the field name
(a string).

The C<attrval> is the field value (a binary blob, often but not always a
string).  Please note that C<attrval> is a byte array, I<not> a
\0-terminated C string.

The length of data may be truncated to the data threshold (see:
C<guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold>,
C<guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold>).

If you set the data threshold to unlimited (C<0>) then this call can read a
journal entry of any size, ie. it is not limited by the libguestfs protocol.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_xattr_list *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_xattr_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold

 int64_t
 guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold (guestfs_h *g);

Get the current data threshold for reading journal entries.  This is a hint
to the journal that it may truncate data fields to this size when reading
them (note also that it may not truncate them).  If this returns C<0>, then
the threshold is unlimited.

See also C<guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_get_realtime_usec

 int64_t
 guestfs_journal_get_realtime_usec (guestfs_h *g);

Get the realtime (wallclock) timestamp of the current journal entry.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.27.18)

=head2 guestfs_journal_next

 int
 guestfs_journal_next (guestfs_h *g);

Move to the next journal entry.  You have to call this at least once after
opening the handle before you are able to read data.

The returned boolean tells you if there are any more journal records to
read.  C<true> means you can read the next record (eg. using
C<guestfs_journal_get>), and C<false> means you have reached the end of the
journal.

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_open

 int
 guestfs_journal_open (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *directory);

Open the systemd journal located in F<directory>.  Any previously opened
journal handle is closed.

The contents of the journal can be read using C<guestfs_journal_next> and
C<guestfs_journal_get>.

After you have finished using the journal, you should close the handle by
calling C<guestfs_journal_close>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold

 int
 guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold (guestfs_h *g,
                                     int64_t threshold);

Set the data threshold for reading journal entries.  This is a hint to the
journal that it may truncate data fields to this size when reading them
(note also that it may not truncate them).  If you set this to C<0>, then
the threshold is unlimited.

See also C<guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_journal_skip

 int64_t
 guestfs_journal_skip (guestfs_h *g,
                       int64_t skip);

Skip forwards (C<skip E<ge> 0>) or backwards (C<skip E<lt> 0>) in the
journal.

The number of entries actually skipped is returned (note S<C<rskip E<ge>
0>>).  If this is not the same as the absolute value of the skip parameter
(C<|skip|>) you passed in then it means you have reached the end or the
start of the journal.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<journal>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.23.11)

=head2 guestfs_kill_subprocess

 int
 guestfs_kill_subprocess (guestfs_h *g);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_shutdown> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This kills the hypervisor.

これを呼び出してはいけません。代わりに C<guestfs_shutdown> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_launch

 int
 guestfs_launch (guestfs_h *g);

You should call this after configuring the handle (eg. adding drives) but
before performing any actions.

Do not call C<guestfs_launch> twice on the same handle.  Although it will
not give an error (for historical reasons), the precise behaviour when you
do this is not well defined.  Handles are very cheap to create, so create a
new one for each launch.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lchown

 int
 guestfs_lchown (guestfs_h *g,
                 int owner,
                 int group,
                 const char *path);

Change the file owner to C<owner> and group to C<group>.  This is like
C<guestfs_chown> but if C<path> is a symlink then the link itself is
changed, not the target.

Only numeric uid and gid are supported.  If you want to use names, you will
need to locate and parse the password file yourself (Augeas support makes
this relatively easy).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_create_all

 int
 guestfs_ldmtool_create_all (guestfs_h *g);

This function scans all block devices looking for Windows dynamic disk
volumes and partitions, and creates devices for any that were found.

Call C<guestfs_list_ldm_volumes> and C<guestfs_list_ldm_partitions> to
return all devices.

Note that you B<don't> normally need to call this explicitly, since it is
done automatically at C<guestfs_launch> time.  However you might want to
call this function if you have hotplugged disks or have just created a
Windows dynamic disk.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_disks

 char **
 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_disks (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *diskgroup);

Return the disks in a Windows dynamic disk group.  The C<diskgroup>
parameter should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from the list
returned by C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_name

 char *
 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_name (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *diskgroup);

Return the name of a Windows dynamic disk group.  The C<diskgroup> parameter
should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from the list returned by
C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_volumes

 char **
 guestfs_ldmtool_diskgroup_volumes (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *diskgroup);

Return the volumes in a Windows dynamic disk group.  The C<diskgroup>
parameter should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from the list
returned by C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_remove_all

 int
 guestfs_ldmtool_remove_all (guestfs_h *g);

This is essentially the opposite of C<guestfs_ldmtool_create_all>.  It
removes the device mapper mappings for all Windows dynamic disk volumes

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_scan

 char **
 guestfs_ldmtool_scan (guestfs_h *g);

This function scans for Windows dynamic disks.  It returns a list of
identifiers (GUIDs) for all disk groups that were found.  These identifiers
can be passed to other C<guestfs_ldmtool_*> functions.

This function scans all block devices.  To scan a subset of block devices,
call C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan_devices> instead.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_scan_devices

 char **
 guestfs_ldmtool_scan_devices (guestfs_h *g,
                               char *const *devices);

This function scans for Windows dynamic disks.  It returns a list of
identifiers (GUIDs) for all disk groups that were found.  These identifiers
can be passed to other C<guestfs_ldmtool_*> functions.

The parameter C<devices> is a list of block devices which are scanned.  If
this list is empty, all block devices are scanned.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_hint

 char *
 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_hint (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *diskgroup,
                              const char *volume);

Return the hint field of the volume named C<volume> in the disk group with
GUID C<diskgroup>.  This may not be defined, in which case the empty string
is returned.  The hint field is often, though not always, the name of a
Windows drive, eg. C<E:>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_partitions

 char **
 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_partitions (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *diskgroup,
                                    const char *volume);

Return the list of partitions in the volume named C<volume> in the disk
group with GUID C<diskgroup>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_type

 char *
 guestfs_ldmtool_volume_type (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *diskgroup,
                              const char *volume);

Return the type of the volume named C<volume> in the disk group with GUID
C<diskgroup>.

Possible volume types that can be returned here include: C<simple>,
C<spanned>, C<striped>, C<mirrored>, C<raid5>.  Other types may also be
returned.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lgetxattr

 char *
 guestfs_lgetxattr (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path,
                    const char *name,
                    size_t *size_r);

Get a single extended attribute from file C<path> named C<name>.  If C<path>
is a symlink, then this call returns an extended attribute from the symlink.

Normally it is better to get all extended attributes from a file in one go
by calling C<guestfs_getxattrs>.  However some Linux filesystem
implementations are buggy and do not provide a way to list out attributes.
For these filesystems (notably ntfs-3g)  you have to know the names of the
extended attributes you want in advance and call this function.

Extended attribute values are blobs of binary data.  If there is no extended
attribute named C<name>, this returns an error.

関連項目: C<guestfs_lgetxattrs>, C<guestfs_getxattr>, L<attr(5)>

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.7.24 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lgetxattrs

 struct guestfs_xattr_list *
 guestfs_lgetxattrs (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path);

This is the same as C<guestfs_getxattrs>, but if C<path> is a symbolic link,
then it returns the extended attributes of the link itself.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_xattr_list *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_xattr_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_9p

 char **
 guestfs_list_9p (guestfs_h *g);

List all 9p filesystems attached to the guest.  A list of mount tags is
returned.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.11.12 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_devices

 char **
 guestfs_list_devices (guestfs_h *g);

すべてのブロックデバイスを一覧表示します。

The full block device names are returned, eg. F</dev/sda>.

C<guestfs_list_filesystems> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_disk_labels

 char **
 guestfs_list_disk_labels (guestfs_h *g);

If you add drives using the optional C<label> parameter of
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>, you can use this call to map between disk labels,
and raw block device and partition names (like F</dev/sda> and
F</dev/sda1>).

This returns a hashtable, where keys are the disk labels (I<without> the
F</dev/disk/guestfs> prefix), and the values are the full raw block device
and partition names (eg. F</dev/sda> and F</dev/sda1>).

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.19.49 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_dm_devices

 char **
 guestfs_list_dm_devices (guestfs_h *g);

すべてのデバイスマッパーデバイスを一覧表示します。

The returned list contains F</dev/mapper/*> devices, eg. ones created by a
previous call to C<guestfs_luks_open>.

Device mapper devices which correspond to logical volumes are I<not>
returned in this list.  Call C<guestfs_lvs> if you want to list logical
volumes.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.11.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_filesystems

 char **
 guestfs_list_filesystems (guestfs_h *g);

This inspection command looks for filesystems on partitions, block devices
and logical volumes, returning a list of C<mountables> containing
filesystems and their type.

The return value is a hash, where the keys are the devices containing
filesystems, and the values are the filesystem types.  For example:

 "/dev/sda1" => "ntfs"
 "/dev/sda2" => "ext2"
 "/dev/vg_guest/lv_root" => "ext4"
 "/dev/vg_guest/lv_swap" => "swap"

The key is not necessarily a block device. It may also be an opaque
‘mountable’ string which can be passed to C<guestfs_mount>.

The value can have the special value "unknown", meaning the content of the
device is undetermined or empty.  "swap" means a Linux swap partition.

In libguestfs E<le> 1.36 this command ran other libguestfs commands, which
might have included C<guestfs_mount> and C<guestfs_umount>, and therefore
you had to use this soon after launch and only when nothing else was
mounted.  This restriction is removed in libguestfs E<ge> 1.38.

Not all of the filesystems returned will be mountable.  In particular, swap
partitions are returned in the list.  Also this command does not check that
each filesystem found is valid and mountable, and some filesystems might be
mountable but require special options.  Filesystems may not all belong to a
single logical operating system (use C<guestfs_inspect_os> to look for
OSes).

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.5.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_ldm_partitions

 char **
 guestfs_list_ldm_partitions (guestfs_h *g);

This function returns all Windows dynamic disk partitions that were found at
launch time.  It returns a list of device names.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_ldm_volumes

 char **
 guestfs_list_ldm_volumes (guestfs_h *g);

This function returns all Windows dynamic disk volumes that were found at
launch time.  It returns a list of device names.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<ldm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.20.0 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_md_devices

 char **
 guestfs_list_md_devices (guestfs_h *g);

すべての Linux md デバイスを一覧表示します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.15.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_list_partitions

 char **
 guestfs_list_partitions (guestfs_h *g);

List all the partitions detected on all block devices.

The full partition device names are returned, eg. F</dev/sda1>

This does not return logical volumes.  For that you will need to call
C<guestfs_lvs>.

C<guestfs_list_filesystems> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ll

 char *
 guestfs_ll (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *directory);

List the files in F<directory> (relative to the root directory, there is no
cwd) in the format of C<ls -la>.

このコマンドはほとんどの対話式セッションのために有用です。出力文字列を構文解析しようという意図はI<ありません>。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_llz

 char *
 guestfs_llz (guestfs_h *g,
              const char *directory);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_lgetxattrs>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

List the files in F<directory> in the format of C<ls -laZ>.

このコマンドはほとんどの対話式セッションのために有用です。出力文字列を構文解析しようという意図はI<ありません>。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.17.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ln

 int
 guestfs_ln (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *target,
             const char *linkname);

This command creates a hard link.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ln_f

 int
 guestfs_ln_f (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *target,
               const char *linkname);

This command creates a hard link, removing the link C<linkname> if it exists
already.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ln_s

 int
 guestfs_ln_s (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *target,
               const char *linkname);

このコマンドは C<ln -s> コマンドを使用してシンボリックリンクを作成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ln_sf

 int
 guestfs_ln_sf (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *target,
                const char *linkname);

This command creates a symbolic link using the C<ln -sf> command, The I<-f>
option removes the link (C<linkname>) if it exists already.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lremovexattr

 int
 guestfs_lremovexattr (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *xattr,
                       const char *path);

これは C<guestfs_removexattr> と同じです。ただし、C<path> がシンボリックリンクならば、リンク自身の拡張属性を削除します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ls

 char **
 guestfs_ls (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *directory);

List the files in F<directory> (relative to the root directory, there is no
cwd).  The C<.> and C<..> entries are not returned, but hidden files are
shown.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ls0

 int
 guestfs_ls0 (guestfs_h *g,
              const char *dir,
              const char *filenames);

This specialized command is used to get a listing of the filenames in the
directory C<dir>.  The list of filenames is written to the local file
F<filenames> (on the host).

出力ファイルにおいて、ファイル名が C<\0> 文字により区切られます。

C<.> および C<..> は返されません。ファイル名は並べ替えられません。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.32 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lsetxattr

 int
 guestfs_lsetxattr (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *xattr,
                    const char *val,
                    int vallen,
                    const char *path);

これは C<guestfs_setxattr> と同じですが、C<path> がシンボリックリンクです。そして、リンク自身の拡張属性を設定します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lstat

 struct guestfs_stat *
 guestfs_lstat (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_lstatns>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

与えられた C<path> のファイル情報を返します。

これは、C<path> がシンボリックリンクであることを除き、C<guestfs_stat>
と同じです。そしてリンクは、参照しているファイルではなく、stat-ed です。

This is the same as the L<lstat(2)> system call.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_stat *> を返します。エラーがあれば NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に
C<guestfs_free_stat> を呼び出す必要があります>。

(Added in 1.9.2)

=head2 guestfs_lstatlist

 struct guestfs_stat_list *
 guestfs_lstatlist (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path,
                    char *const *names);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_lstatnslist>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This call allows you to perform the C<guestfs_lstat> operation on multiple
files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.  C<names> is the list
of files from this directory.

On return you get a list of stat structs, with a one-to-one correspondence
to the C<names> list.  If any name did not exist or could not be lstat'd,
then the C<st_ino> field of that structure is set to C<-1>.

This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently list a directory
contents without making many round-trips.  See also C<guestfs_lxattrlist>
for a similarly efficient call for getting extended attributes.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_stat_list *>, or NULL if there was
an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_stat_list> after use>.

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lstatns

 struct guestfs_statns *
 guestfs_lstatns (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

与えられた C<path> のファイル情報を返します。

This is the same as C<guestfs_statns> except that if C<path> is a symbolic
link, then the link is stat-ed, not the file it refers to.

This is the same as the L<lstat(2)> system call.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_statns *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_statns> after use>.

(Added in 1.27.53)

=head2 guestfs_lstatnslist

 struct guestfs_statns_list *
 guestfs_lstatnslist (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path,
                      char *const *names);

This call allows you to perform the C<guestfs_lstatns> operation on multiple
files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.  C<names> is the list
of files from this directory.

On return you get a list of stat structs, with a one-to-one correspondence
to the C<names> list.  If any name did not exist or could not be lstat'd,
then the C<st_ino> field of that structure is set to C<-1>.

This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently list a directory
contents without making many round-trips.  See also C<guestfs_lxattrlist>
for a similarly efficient call for getting extended attributes.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_statns_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_statns_list> after
use>.

(Added in 1.27.53)

=head2 guestfs_luks_add_key

 int
 guestfs_luks_add_key (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       const char *key,
                       const char *newkey,
                       int keyslot);

This command adds a new key on LUKS device C<device>.  C<key> is any
existing key, and is used to access the device.  C<newkey> is the new key to
add.  C<keyslot> is the key slot that will be replaced.

Note that if C<keyslot> already contains a key, then this command will
fail.  You have to use C<guestfs_luks_kill_slot> first to remove that key.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_close

 int
 guestfs_luks_close (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_cryptsetup_close> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This closes a LUKS device that was created earlier by C<guestfs_luks_open>
or C<guestfs_luks_open_ro>.  The C<device> parameter must be the name of the
LUKS mapping device (ie. F</dev/mapper/mapname>) and I<not> the name of the
underlying block device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_format

 int
 guestfs_luks_format (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      const char *key,
                      int keyslot);

This command erases existing data on C<device> and formats the device as a
LUKS encrypted device.  C<key> is the initial key, which is added to key
slot C<keyslot>.  (LUKS supports 8 key slots, numbered 0-7).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_format_cipher

 int
 guestfs_luks_format_cipher (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             const char *key,
                             int keyslot,
                             const char *cipher);

This command is the same as C<guestfs_luks_format> but it also allows you to
set the C<cipher> used.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_kill_slot

 int
 guestfs_luks_kill_slot (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         const char *key,
                         int keyslot);

This command deletes the key in key slot C<keyslot> from the encrypted LUKS
device C<device>.  C<key> must be one of the I<other> keys.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_open

 int
 guestfs_luks_open (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    const char *key,
                    const char *mapname);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_cryptsetup_open> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command opens a block device which has been encrypted according to the
Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) standard.

C<device> is the encrypted block device or partition.

The caller must supply one of the keys associated with the LUKS block
device, in the C<key> parameter.

This creates a new block device called F</dev/mapper/mapname>.  Reads and
writes to this block device are decrypted from and encrypted to the
underlying C<device> respectively.

If this block device contains LVM volume groups, then calling
C<guestfs_lvm_scan> with the C<activate> parameter C<true> will make them
visible.

すべてのデバイスマッパーデバイスを一覧表示するには C<guestfs_list_dm_devices> を使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_open_ro

 int
 guestfs_luks_open_ro (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       const char *key,
                       const char *mapname);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_cryptsetup_open> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは、読み込み専用のマッピングが作成されることを除き、C<guestfs_luks_open> と同じです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function takes a key or passphrase parameter which could contain
sensitive material.  Read the section L</KEYS AND PASSPHRASES> for more
information.

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_luks_uuid

 char *
 guestfs_luks_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device);

This returns the UUID of the LUKS device C<device>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<luks>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.41.9)

=head2 guestfs_lvcreate

 int
 guestfs_lvcreate (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *logvol,
                   const char *volgroup,
                   int mbytes);

This creates an LVM logical volume called C<logvol> on the volume group
C<volgroup>, with C<size> megabytes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvcreate_free

 int
 guestfs_lvcreate_free (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *logvol,
                        const char *volgroup,
                        int percent);

Create an LVM logical volume called F</dev/volgroup/logvol>, using
approximately C<percent> % of the free space remaining in the volume group.
Most usefully, when C<percent> is C<100> this will create the largest
possible LV.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvm_canonical_lv_name

 char *
 guestfs_lvm_canonical_lv_name (guestfs_h *g,
                                const char *lvname);

This converts alternative naming schemes for LVs that you might find to the
canonical name.  For example, F</dev/mapper/VG-LV> is converted to
F</dev/VG/LV>.

This command returns an error if the C<lvname> parameter does not refer to a
logical volume.  In this case errno will be set to C<EINVAL>.

C<guestfs_is_lv>, C<guestfs_canonical_device_name> も参照してください。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.24 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvm_clear_filter

 int
 guestfs_lvm_clear_filter (guestfs_h *g);

This undoes the effect of C<guestfs_lvm_set_filter>.  LVM will be able to
see every block device.

This command also clears the LVM cache and performs a volume group scan.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.5.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvm_remove_all

 int
 guestfs_lvm_remove_all (guestfs_h *g);

This command removes all LVM logical volumes, volume groups and physical
volumes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvm_scan

 int
 guestfs_lvm_scan (guestfs_h *g,
                   int activate);

This scans all block devices and rebuilds the list of LVM physical volumes,
volume groups and logical volumes.

If the C<activate> parameter is C<true> then newly found volume groups and
logical volumes are activated, meaning the LV F</dev/VG/LV> devices become
visible.

When a libguestfs handle is launched it scans for existing devices, so you
do not normally need to use this API.  However it is useful when you have
added a new device or deleted an existing device (such as when the
C<guestfs_luks_open> API is used).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.39.8)

=head2 guestfs_lvm_set_filter

 int
 guestfs_lvm_set_filter (guestfs_h *g,
                         char *const *devices);

This sets the LVM device filter so that LVM will only be able to "see" the
block devices in the list C<devices>, and will ignore all other attached
block devices.

Where disk image(s) contain duplicate PVs or VGs, this command is useful to
get LVM to ignore the duplicates, otherwise LVM can get confused.  Note also
there are two types of duplication possible: either cloned PVs/VGs which
have identical UUIDs; or VGs that are not cloned but just happen to have the
same name.  In normal operation you cannot create this situation, but you
can do it outside LVM, eg.  by cloning disk images or by bit twiddling
inside the LVM metadata.

This command also clears the LVM cache and performs a volume group scan.

You can filter whole block devices or individual partitions.

You cannot use this if any VG is currently in use (eg.  contains a mounted
filesystem), even if you are not filtering out that VG.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.5.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvremove

 int
 guestfs_lvremove (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

Remove an LVM logical volume C<device>, where C<device> is the path to the
LV, such as F</dev/VG/LV>.

You can also remove all LVs in a volume group by specifying the VG name,
F</dev/VG>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.13 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvrename

 int
 guestfs_lvrename (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *logvol,
                   const char *newlogvol);

Rename a logical volume C<logvol> with the new name C<newlogvol>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.83 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvresize

 int
 guestfs_lvresize (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   int mbytes);

これは既存の LVM 論理ボリュームを C<mbytes> に容量変更（拡大または縮小）します。縮小するとき、縮小された部分にあるデータは失われます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvresize_free

 int
 guestfs_lvresize_free (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *lv,
                        int percent);

This expands an existing logical volume C<lv> so that it fills C<pc> % of
the remaining free space in the volume group.  Commonly you would call this
with pc = 100 which expands the logical volume as much as possible, using
all remaining free space in the volume group.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvs

 char **
 guestfs_lvs (guestfs_h *g);

List all the logical volumes detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<lvs(8)> command.

This returns a list of the logical volume device names
(eg. F</dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00>).

C<guestfs_lvs_full>, C<guestfs_list_filesystems> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvs_full

 struct guestfs_lvm_lv_list *
 guestfs_lvs_full (guestfs_h *g);

List all the logical volumes detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<lvs(8)> command.  The "full" version includes all fields.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_lvm_lv_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_lvm_lv_list> after
use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lvuuid

 char *
 guestfs_lvuuid (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device);

このコマンドは LVM 論理ボリューム C<device> の UUID を返します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_lxattrlist

 struct guestfs_xattr_list *
 guestfs_lxattrlist (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path,
                     char *const *names);

This call allows you to get the extended attributes of multiple files, where
all files are in the directory C<path>.  C<names> is the list of files from
this directory.

On return you get a flat list of xattr structs which must be interpreted
sequentially.  The first xattr struct always has a zero-length C<attrname>.
C<attrval> in this struct is zero-length to indicate there was an error
doing C<guestfs_lgetxattr> for this file, I<or> is a C string which is a
decimal number (the number of following attributes for this file, which
could be C<"0">).  Then after the first xattr struct are the zero or more
attributes for the first named file.  This repeats for the second and
subsequent files.

This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently list a directory
contents without making many round-trips.  See also C<guestfs_lstatlist> for
a similarly efficient call for getting standard stats.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_xattr_list *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_xattr_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_max_disks

 int
 guestfs_max_disks (guestfs_h *g);

ハンドルに追加できるディスクの最大数を返します (例: C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> および同様の呼び出し)。

This function was added in libguestfs 1.19.7.  In previous versions of
libguestfs the limit was 25.

この話題に関する詳細は L<guestfs(3)/MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DISKS> を参照してください。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_md_create

 int
 guestfs_md_create (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *name,
                    char *const *devices,
                    ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MD_CREATE_MISSINGBITMAP, int64_t missingbitmap,
 GUESTFS_MD_CREATE_NRDEVICES, int nrdevices,
 GUESTFS_MD_CREATE_SPARE, int spare,
 GUESTFS_MD_CREATE_CHUNK, int64_t chunk,
 GUESTFS_MD_CREATE_LEVEL, const char *level,

Create a Linux md (RAID) device named C<name> on the devices in the list
C<devices>.

オプションのパラメーターは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<missingbitmap>

A bitmap of missing devices.  If a bit is set it means that a missing device
is added to the array.  The least significant bit corresponds to the first
device in the array.

例として:

C<devices = ["/dev/sda"]> かつ C<missingbitmap = 0x1> ならば、結果の配列は
C<[E<lt>missingE<gt>, "/dev/sda"]> になります。

C<devices = ["/dev/sda"]> かつ C<missingbitmap = 0x2> ならば、結果の配列は
C<["/dev/sda", E<lt>missingE<gt>]> になります。

この初期値は C<0> です（デバイスがありません）。

C<devices> の長さ + C<missingbitmap> に設定されたビット数は C<nrdevices> + C<spare>
と同じである必要があります。

=item C<nrdevices>

稼動中の RAID デバイス数。

設定されていないと、この初期値は C<devices> の長さ + C<missingbitmap> に設定されたビット数になります。

=item C<spare>

予備デバイス数。

設定されていなければ、デフォルトは C<0> です。

=item C<chunk>

バイト単位のチャンク容量です。

=item C<level>

The RAID level, which can be one of: C<linear>, C<raid0>, C<0>, C<stripe>,
C<raid1>, C<1>, C<mirror>, C<raid4>, C<4>, C<raid5>, C<5>, C<raid6>, C<6>,
C<raid10>, C<10>.  Some of these are synonymous, and more levels may be
added in future.

設定されていないと、この初期値は C<raid1> です。

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mdadm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.15.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_md_create_va

 int
 guestfs_md_create_va (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *name,
                       char *const *devices,
                       va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_md_create> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_md_create_argv

 int
 guestfs_md_create_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *name,
                         char *const *devices,
                         const struct guestfs_md_create_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_md_create> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_md_detail

 char **
 guestfs_md_detail (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *md);

This command exposes the output of C<mdadm -DY E<lt>mdE<gt>>.  The following
fields are usually present in the returned hash.  Other fields may also be
present.

=over 

=item C<level>

MD デバイスの RAID レベル。

=item C<devices>

MD デバイスにあるデバイス数。

=item C<metadata>

使用されているメタ情報のバージョン。

=item C<uuid>

MD デバイスの UUID。

=item C<name>

MD デバイスの名前。

=back

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<mdadm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.15.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_md_stat

 struct guestfs_mdstat_list *
 guestfs_md_stat (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *md);

This call returns a list of the underlying devices which make up the single
software RAID array device C<md>.

ソフトウェア RAID デバイスの一覧を取得するには、C<guestfs_list_md_devices> を呼び出します。

Each structure returned corresponds to one device along with additional
status information:

=over 4

=item C<mdstat_device>

下にあるデバイスの名前です。

=item C<mdstat_index>

配列の中にあるこのデバイスのインデックスです。

=item C<mdstat_flags>

Flags associated with this device.  This is a string containing (in no
specific order) zero or more of the following flags:

=over 4

=item C<W>

ほとんど書き込み

=item C<F>

デバイス故障

=item C<S>

RAIDスペアデバイス

=item C<R>

置換

=back

=back

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_mdstat_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_mdstat_list> after
use>.

This function depends on the feature C<mdadm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.21 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_md_stop

 int
 guestfs_md_stop (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *md);

このコマンドは C<md> という名前の MD アレイを無効化します。デバイスが停止されますが、破壊またはゼロ書き込みされません。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mdadm>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.15.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkdir

 int
 guestfs_mkdir (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path);

C<path> という名前のディレクトリーを作成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkdir_mode

 int
 guestfs_mkdir_mode (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path,
                     int mode);

このコマンドはディレクトリーを作成します、ディレクトリーの初期パーミッションを C<mode> に設定します。

一般的な Linux ファイルシステムに対して、設定されている実際のモードが C<mode & ~umask & 01777> とされます。Linux
固有のファイルシステム以外は他の方法でモードを解釈します。

C<guestfs_mkdir>, C<guestfs_umask> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkdir_p

 int
 guestfs_mkdir_p (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

C<path> という名前のディレクトリーを作成します、必要に応じて親ディレクトリーを作成します。これは C<mkdir -p>
シェルコマンドと似ています。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkdtemp

 char *
 guestfs_mkdtemp (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *tmpl);

This command creates a temporary directory.  The C<tmpl> parameter should be
a full pathname for the temporary directory name with the final six
characters being "XXXXXX".

例: "/tmp/myprogXXXXXX" または "/Temp/myprogXXXXXX"、2 つめの例は Windows
ファイルシステムに適しています。

作成された一時ディレクトリーの名前を返します。

一時ディレクトリーがモード 0700 で作成され、root により所有されます。

The caller is responsible for deleting the temporary directory and its
contents after use.

関連項目: L<mkdtemp(3)>

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device,
                 ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_BLOCKSCOUNT, int64_t blockscount,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_BLOCKSIZE, int64_t blocksize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_FRAGSIZE, int64_t fragsize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_BLOCKSPERGROUP, int64_t blockspergroup,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_NUMBEROFGROUPS, int64_t numberofgroups,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_BYTESPERINODE, int64_t bytesperinode,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_INODESIZE, int64_t inodesize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_JOURNALSIZE, int64_t journalsize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_NUMBEROFINODES, int64_t numberofinodes,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_STRIDESIZE, int64_t stridesize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_STRIPEWIDTH, int64_t stripewidth,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_MAXONLINERESIZE, int64_t maxonlineresize,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_RESERVEDBLOCKSPERCENTAGE, int reservedblockspercentage,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_MMPUPDATEINTERVAL, int mmpupdateinterval,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_JOURNALDEVICE, const char *journaldevice,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_LASTMOUNTEDDIR, const char *lastmounteddir,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_CREATOROS, const char *creatoros,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_FSTYPE, const char *fstype,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_USAGETYPE, const char *usagetype,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_UUID, const char *uuid,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_FORCECREATE, int forcecreate,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_WRITESBANDGROUPONLY, int writesbandgrouponly,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_LAZYITABLEINIT, int lazyitableinit,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_LAZYJOURNALINIT, int lazyjournalinit,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_TESTFS, int testfs,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_DISCARD, int discard,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_QUOTATYPE, int quotatype,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_EXTENT, int extent,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_FILETYPE, int filetype,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_FLEXBG, int flexbg,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_HASJOURNAL, int hasjournal,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_JOURNALDEV, int journaldev,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_LARGEFILE, int largefile,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_QUOTA, int quota,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_RESIZEINODE, int resizeinode,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_SPARSESUPER, int sparsesuper,
 GUESTFS_MKE2FS_UNINITBG, int uninitbg,

C<mke2fs> is used to create an ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem on C<device>.

The optional C<blockscount> is the size of the filesystem in blocks.  If
omitted it defaults to the size of C<device>.  Note if the filesystem is too
small to contain a journal, C<mke2fs> will silently create an ext2
filesystem instead.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.44 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs_va

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mke2fs> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs_argv

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      const struct guestfs_mke2fs_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_mke2fs>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs_J

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs_J (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *fstype,
                   int blocksize,
                   const char *device,
                   const char *journal);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部ジャーナルを C<journal> に持つ ext2/3/4 ファイルシステムを C<device> に作成します。次のコマンドと同じです:

 mke2fs -t fstype -b blocksize -J device=<journal> <device>

C<guestfs_mke2journal> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs_JL

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs_JL (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *fstype,
                    int blocksize,
                    const char *device,
                    const char *label);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部ジャーナルをジャーナルラベル C<label> に持つ ext2/3/4 ファイルシステムを C<device> に作成します。

C<guestfs_mke2journal_L> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2fs_JU

 int
 guestfs_mke2fs_JU (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *fstype,
                    int blocksize,
                    const char *device,
                    const char *uuid);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部ジャーナルを UUID C<uuid> のジャーナルに持つ ext2/3/4 ファイルシステムを C<device> に作成します。

C<guestfs_mke2journal_U> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxfsuuid>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2journal

 int
 guestfs_mke2journal (guestfs_h *g,
                      int blocksize,
                      const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは C<device> に ext2 外部ジャーナルを作成します。次のコマンドと同じです:

 mke2fs -O journal_dev -b blocksize device

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2journal_L

 int
 guestfs_mke2journal_L (guestfs_h *g,
                        int blocksize,
                        const char *label,
                        const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これはラベル C<label> を持つ C<device> に ext2 外部ジャーナルを作成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mke2journal_U

 int
 guestfs_mke2journal_U (guestfs_h *g,
                        int blocksize,
                        const char *uuid,
                        const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mke2fs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This creates an ext2 external journal on C<device> with UUID C<uuid>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxfsuuid>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkfifo

 int
 guestfs_mkfifo (guestfs_h *g,
                 int mode,
                 const char *path);

This call creates a FIFO (named pipe) called C<path> with mode C<mode>.  It
is just a convenient wrapper around C<guestfs_mknod>.

Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions bits.

実際に設定されるモードは umask により影響されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mknod>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkfs

 int
 guestfs_mkfs (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *fstype,
               const char *device);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_mkfs_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(0.8 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_mkfs_opts

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *fstype,
                    const char *device,
                    ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKFS_OPTS_BLOCKSIZE, int blocksize,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_OPTS_FEATURES, const char *features,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_OPTS_INODE, int inode,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_OPTS_SECTORSIZE, int sectorsize,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_OPTS_LABEL, const char *label,

This function creates a filesystem on C<device>.  The filesystem type is
C<fstype>, for example C<ext3>.

オプション引数は次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<blocksize>

ファイルシステムのブロック容量です。サポートされるブロック容量は、ファイルシステムの形式に依存します。一般的に Linux ext2/3
ファイルシステムには C<1024>, C<2048> または C<4096> です。

For VFAT and NTFS the C<blocksize> parameter is treated as the requested
cluster size.

UFS ブロック容量は L<mkfs.ufs(8)> を参照してください。

=item C<特徴>

これは I<-O> パラメーターを外部の mkfs プログラムに渡します。

特定のファイルシステム形式には、追加のファイルシステム機能が選択できます。詳細は L<mke2fs(8)> および L<mkfs.ufs(8)>
を参照してください。

C<gfs> または C<gfs2> ファイルシステム形式ではこのオプションのパラメーターを使用できません。

=item C<inode>

This passes the I<-I> parameter to the external L<mke2fs(8)> program which
sets the inode size (only for ext2/3/4 filesystems at present).

=item C<sectorsize>

This passes the I<-S> parameter to external L<mkfs.ufs(8)> program, which
sets sector size for ufs filesystem.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *fstype,
                       const char *device,
                       va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mkfs_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *fstype,
                         const char *device,
                         const struct guestfs_mkfs_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mkfs_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_b

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_b (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *fstype,
                 int blocksize,
                 const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mkfs> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This call is similar to C<guestfs_mkfs>, but it allows you to control the
block size of the resulting filesystem.  Supported block sizes depend on the
filesystem type, but typically they are C<1024>, C<2048> or C<4096> only.

For VFAT and NTFS the C<blocksize> parameter is treated as the requested
cluster size.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs (guestfs_h *g,
                     char *const *devices,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_ALLOCSTART, int64_t allocstart,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_BYTECOUNT, int64_t bytecount,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_DATATYPE, const char *datatype,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_LEAFSIZE, int leafsize,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_METADATA, const char *metadata,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_NODESIZE, int nodesize,
 GUESTFS_MKFS_BTRFS_SECTORSIZE, int sectorsize,

すべての設定可能なものについて設定を許可して、btrfs ファイルシステムを作成します。オプション引数の詳細は L<mkfs.btrfs(8)>
を参照してください。

btrfs ファイルシステムは複数のデバイスを結合できるので、これは非空白のデバイス一覧をとります。

一般的なファイルシステムを作成するには C<guestfs_mkfs> を使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<btrfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs_va

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        char *const *devices,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mkfs_btrfs> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs_argv

 int
 guestfs_mkfs_btrfs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          char *const *devices,
                          const struct guestfs_mkfs_btrfs_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mkfs_btrfs> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mklost_and_found

 int
 guestfs_mklost_and_found (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *mountpoint);

Make the C<lost+found> directory, normally in the root directory of an
ext2/3/4 filesystem.  C<mountpoint> is the directory under which we try to
create the C<lost+found> directory.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.56 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkmountpoint

 int
 guestfs_mkmountpoint (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *exemptpath);

C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> および C<guestfs_rmmountpoint>
は、最初のファイルシステムをマウントする前に追加のマウントポイントを作成するために使用できる、特別な呼び出しです。

These calls are I<only> necessary in some very limited circumstances, mainly
the case where you want to mount a mix of unrelated and/or read-only
filesystems together.

For example, live CDs often contain a "Russian doll" nest of filesystems, an
ISO outer layer, with a squashfs image inside, with an ext2/3 image inside
that.  You can unpack this as follows in guestfish:

 add-ro Fedora-11-i686-Live.iso
 run
 mkmountpoint /cd
 mkmountpoint /sqsh
 mkmountpoint /ext3fs
 mount /dev/sda /cd
 mount-loop /cd/LiveOS/squashfs.img /sqsh
 mount-loop /sqsh/LiveOS/ext3fs.img /ext3fs

The inner filesystem is now unpacked under the /ext3fs mountpoint.

C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> is not compatible with C<guestfs_umount_all>.  You
may get unexpected errors if you try to mix these calls.  It is safest to
manually unmount filesystems and remove mountpoints after use.

C<guestfs_umount_all> unmounts filesystems by sorting the paths longest
first, so for this to work for manual mountpoints, you must ensure that the
innermost mountpoints have the longest pathnames, as in the example code
above.

詳細は L<https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=599503> を参照してください

Autosync [see C<guestfs_set_autosync>, this is set by default on handles]
can cause C<guestfs_umount_all> to be called when the handle is closed which
can also trigger these issues.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.62 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mknod

 int
 guestfs_mknod (guestfs_h *g,
                int mode,
                int devmajor,
                int devminor,
                const char *path);

This call creates block or character special devices, or named pipes
(FIFOs).

The C<mode> parameter should be the mode, using the standard constants.
C<devmajor> and C<devminor> are the device major and minor numbers, only
used when creating block and character special devices.

Note that, just like L<mknod(2)>, the mode must be bitwise OR'd with
S_IFBLK, S_IFCHR, S_IFIFO or S_IFSOCK (otherwise this call just creates a
regular file).  These constants are available in the standard Linux header
files, or you can use C<guestfs_mknod_b>, C<guestfs_mknod_c> or
C<guestfs_mkfifo> which are wrappers around this command which bitwise OR in
the appropriate constant for you.

実際に設定されるモードは umask により影響されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mknod>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mknod_b

 int
 guestfs_mknod_b (guestfs_h *g,
                  int mode,
                  int devmajor,
                  int devminor,
                  const char *path);

This call creates a block device node called C<path> with mode C<mode> and
device major/minor C<devmajor> and C<devminor>.  It is just a convenient
wrapper around C<guestfs_mknod>.

Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions bits.

実際に設定されるモードは umask により影響されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mknod>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mknod_c

 int
 guestfs_mknod_c (guestfs_h *g,
                  int mode,
                  int devmajor,
                  int devminor,
                  const char *path);

This call creates a char device node called C<path> with mode C<mode> and
device major/minor C<devmajor> and C<devminor>.  It is just a convenient
wrapper around C<guestfs_mknod>.

Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions bits.

実際に設定されるモードは umask により影響されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<mknod>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mksquashfs

 int
 guestfs_mksquashfs (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path,
                     const char *filename,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKSQUASHFS_COMPRESS, const char *compress,
 GUESTFS_MKSQUASHFS_EXCLUDES, char *const *excludes,

Create a squashfs filesystem for the specified C<path>.

The optional C<compress> flag controls compression.  If not given, then the
output compressed using C<gzip>.  Otherwise one of the following strings may
be given to select the compression type of the squashfs: C<gzip>, C<lzma>,
C<lzo>, C<lz4>, C<xz>.

The other optional arguments are:

=over 4

=item C<excludes>

A list of wildcards.  Files are excluded if they match any of the wildcards.

=back

Please note that this API may fail when used to compress directories with
large files, such as the resulting squashfs will be over 3GB big.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<squashfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.35.25)

=head2 guestfs_mksquashfs_va

 int
 guestfs_mksquashfs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *path,
                        const char *filename,
                        va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_mksquashfs>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mksquashfs_argv

 int
 guestfs_mksquashfs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *path,
                          const char *filename,
                          const struct guestfs_mksquashfs_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_mksquashfs>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkswap

 int
 guestfs_mkswap (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_mkswap_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.0.55 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_mkswap_opts

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKSWAP_OPTS_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_MKSWAP_OPTS_UUID, const char *uuid,

Linux swap パーティションを C<device> に作成します。

The option arguments C<label> and C<uuid> allow you to set the label and/or
UUID of the new swap partition.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkswap_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mkswap_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkswap_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *device,
                           const struct guestfs_mkswap_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mkswap_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mkswap_L

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_L (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *label,
                   const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mkswap> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

ラベル C<label> を持つ C<device> に swap パーティションを作成します。

Note that you cannot attach a swap label to a block device
(eg. F</dev/sda>), just to a partition.  This appears to be a limitation of
the kernel or swap tools.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkswap_U

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_U (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *uuid,
                   const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_mkswap> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

UUID C<uuid> の C<device> に swap パーティションを作成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxfsuuid>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mkswap_file

 int
 guestfs_mkswap_file (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *path);

swap ファイルを作成します。

This command just writes a swap file signature to an existing file.  To
create the file itself, use something like C<guestfs_fallocate>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mktemp

 char *
 guestfs_mktemp (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *tmpl,
                 ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MKTEMP_SUFFIX, const char *suffix,

This command creates a temporary file.  The C<tmpl> parameter should be a
full pathname for the temporary directory name with the final six characters
being "XXXXXX".

例: "/tmp/myprogXXXXXX" または "/Temp/myprogXXXXXX"、2 つめの例は Windows
ファイルシステムに適しています。

The name of the temporary file that was created is returned.

The temporary file is created with mode 0600 and is owned by root.

The caller is responsible for deleting the temporary file after use.

If the optional C<suffix> parameter is given, then the suffix (eg. C<.txt>)
is appended to the temporary name.

関連項目: C<guestfs_mkdtemp>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.19.53 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mktemp_va

 char *
 guestfs_mktemp_va (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *tmpl,
                    va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mktemp> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mktemp_argv

 char *
 guestfs_mktemp_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *tmpl,
                      const struct guestfs_mktemp_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mktemp> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_modprobe

 int
 guestfs_modprobe (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *modulename);

アプライアンスにカーネルモジュールを読み込みます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxmodules>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.68 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount

 int
 guestfs_mount (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *mountable,
                const char *mountpoint);

Mount a guest disk at a position in the filesystem.  Block devices are named
F</dev/sda>, F</dev/sdb> and so on, as they were added to the guest.  If
those block devices contain partitions, they will have the usual names
(eg. F</dev/sda1>).  Also LVM F</dev/VG/LV>-style names can be used, or
‘mountable’ strings returned by C<guestfs_list_filesystems> or
C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>.

The rules are the same as for L<mount(2)>: A filesystem must first be
mounted on F</> before others can be mounted.  Other filesystems can only be
mounted on directories which already exist.

The mounted filesystem is writable, if we have sufficient permissions on the
underlying device.

Before libguestfs 1.13.16, this call implicitly added the options C<sync>
and C<noatime>.  The C<sync> option greatly slowed writes and caused many
problems for users.  If your program might need to work with older versions
of libguestfs, use C<guestfs_mount_options> instead (using an empty string
for the first parameter if you don't want any options).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_9p

 int
 guestfs_mount_9p (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *mounttag,
                   const char *mountpoint,
                   ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MOUNT_9P_OPTIONS, const char *options,

タグ C<mounttag> を持つ virtio-9p ファイルシステムをディレクトリ C<mountpoint> にマウントします。

If required, C<trans=virtio> will be automatically added to the options.
Any other options required can be passed in the optional C<options>
parameter.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.11.12 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_9p_va

 int
 guestfs_mount_9p_va (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *mounttag,
                      const char *mountpoint,
                      va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mount_9p> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mount_9p_argv

 int
 guestfs_mount_9p_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *mounttag,
                        const char *mountpoint,
                        const struct guestfs_mount_9p_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mount_9p> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mount_local

 int
 guestfs_mount_local (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *localmountpoint,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_READONLY, int readonly,
 GUESTFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_OPTIONS, const char *options,
 GUESTFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_CACHETIMEOUT, int cachetimeout,
 GUESTFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_DEBUGCALLS, int debugcalls,

This call exports the libguestfs-accessible filesystem to a local mountpoint
(directory) called C<localmountpoint>.  Ordinary reads and writes to files
and directories under C<localmountpoint> are redirected through libguestfs.

If the optional C<readonly> flag is set to true, then writes to the
filesystem return error C<EROFS>.

C<options> is a comma-separated list of mount options.  See L<guestmount(1)>
for some useful options.

C<cachetimeout> sets the timeout (in seconds) for cached directory entries.
The default is 60 seconds.  See L<guestmount(1)> for further information.

If C<debugcalls> is set to true, then additional debugging information is
generated for every FUSE call.

When C<guestfs_mount_local> returns, the filesystem is ready, but is not
processing requests (access to it will block).  You have to call
C<guestfs_mount_local_run> to run the main loop.

完全なドキュメントは L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_local_va

 int
 guestfs_mount_local_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *localmountpoint,
                         va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_mount_local> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mount_local_argv

 int
 guestfs_mount_local_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *localmountpoint,
                           const struct guestfs_mount_local_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_mount_local> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_mount_local_run

 int
 guestfs_mount_local_run (guestfs_h *g);

Run the main loop which translates kernel calls to libguestfs calls.

This should only be called after C<guestfs_mount_local> returns
successfully.  The call will not return until the filesystem is unmounted.

B<Note> you must I<not> make concurrent libguestfs calls on the same handle
from another thread.

You may call this from a different thread than the one which called
C<guestfs_mount_local>, subject to the usual rules for threads and
libguestfs (see L<guestfs(3)/MULTIPLE HANDLES AND MULTIPLE THREADS>).

完全なドキュメントは L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_loop

 int
 guestfs_mount_loop (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *file,
                     const char *mountpoint);

This command lets you mount F<file> (a filesystem image in a file) on a
mount point.  It is entirely equivalent to the command C<mount -o loop file
mountpoint>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_options

 int
 guestfs_mount_options (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *options,
                        const char *mountable,
                        const char *mountpoint);

This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it allows you to set
the mount options as for the L<mount(8)> I<-o> flag.

If the C<options> parameter is an empty string, then no options are passed
(all options default to whatever the filesystem uses).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_ro

 int
 guestfs_mount_ro (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *mountable,
                   const char *mountpoint);

This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it mounts the
filesystem with the read-only (I<-o ro>) flag.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mount_vfs

 int
 guestfs_mount_vfs (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *options,
                    const char *vfstype,
                    const char *mountable,
                    const char *mountpoint);

This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it allows you to set
both the mount options and the vfstype as for the L<mount(8)> I<-o> and
I<-t> flags.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.10 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mountable_device

 char *
 guestfs_mountable_device (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *mountable);

Returns the device name of a mountable. In quite a lot of cases, the
mountable is the device name.

However this doesn't apply for btrfs subvolumes, where the mountable is a
combination of both the device name and the subvolume path (see also
C<guestfs_mountable_subvolume> to extract the subvolume path of the
mountable if any).

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.33.15)

=head2 guestfs_mountable_subvolume

 char *
 guestfs_mountable_subvolume (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *mountable);

Returns the subvolume path of a mountable. Btrfs subvolumes mountables are a
combination of both the device name and the subvolume path (see also
C<guestfs_mountable_device> to extract the device of the mountable).

If the mountable does not represent a btrfs subvolume, then this function
fails and the C<errno> is set to C<EINVAL>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.33.15)

=head2 guestfs_mountpoints

 char **
 guestfs_mountpoints (guestfs_h *g);

This call is similar to C<guestfs_mounts>.  That call returns a list of
devices.  This one returns a hash table (map) of device name to directory
where the device is mounted.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.62 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mounts

 char **
 guestfs_mounts (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the list of currently mounted filesystems.  It returns the list
of devices (eg. F</dev/sda1>, F</dev/VG/LV>).

Some internal mounts are not shown.

関連項目: C<guestfs_mountpoints>

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_mv

 int
 guestfs_mv (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *src,
             const char *dest);

This moves a file from C<src> to C<dest> where C<dest> is either a
destination filename or destination directory.

関連項目: C<guestfs_rename>。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_nr_devices

 int
 guestfs_nr_devices (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the number of whole block devices that were added.  This is the
same as the number of devices that would be returned if you called
C<guestfs_list_devices>.

To find out the maximum number of devices that could be added, call
C<guestfs_max_disks>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfs_3g_probe

 int
 guestfs_ntfs_3g_probe (guestfs_h *g,
                        int rw,
                        const char *device);

This command runs the L<ntfs-3g.probe(8)> command which probes an NTFS
C<device> for mountability.  (Not all NTFS volumes can be mounted
read-write, and some cannot be mounted at all).

C<rw> is a boolean flag.  Set it to true if you want to test if the volume
can be mounted read-write.  Set it to false if you want to test if the
volume can be mounted read-only.

The return value is an integer which C<0> if the operation would succeed, or
some non-zero value documented in the L<ntfs-3g.probe(8)> manual page.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfs3g>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.43 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfscat_i

 int
 guestfs_ntfscat_i (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    int64_t inode,
                    const char *filename);

Download a file given its inode from a NTFS filesystem and save it as
F<filename> on the local machine.

This allows to download some otherwise inaccessible files such as the ones
within the C<$Extend> folder.

The filesystem from which to extract the file must be unmounted, otherwise
the call will fail.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(Added in 1.33.14)

=head2 guestfs_ntfsclone_in

 int
 guestfs_ntfsclone_in (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *backupfile,
                       const char *device);

C<backupfile> を(前に C<guestfs_ntfsclone_out> を呼び出したところから)  C<device>
に復元します。このデバイスの既存の内容はすべて上書きされます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfs3g>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfsclone_out

 int
 guestfs_ntfsclone_out (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        const char *backupfile,
                        ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_NTFSCLONE_OUT_METADATAONLY, int metadataonly,
 GUESTFS_NTFSCLONE_OUT_RESCUE, int rescue,
 GUESTFS_NTFSCLONE_OUT_IGNOREFSCHECK, int ignorefscheck,
 GUESTFS_NTFSCLONE_OUT_PRESERVETIMESTAMPS, int preservetimestamps,
 GUESTFS_NTFSCLONE_OUT_FORCE, int force,

Stream the NTFS filesystem C<device> to the local file C<backupfile>.  The
format used for the backup file is a special format used by the
L<ntfsclone(8)> tool.

If the optional C<metadataonly> flag is true, then I<only> the metadata is
saved, losing all the user data (this is useful for diagnosing some
filesystem problems).

オプションの C<rescue>, C<ignorefscheck>, C<preservetimestamps> および C<force> フラグは
L<ntfsclone(8)> マニュアルページに詳細な意味が説明されています。

libguestfs デバイスにファイルを復元するには C<guestfs_ntfsclone_in> を使用します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfs3g>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfsclone_out_va

 int
 guestfs_ntfsclone_out_va (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *device,
                           const char *backupfile,
                           va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsclone_out> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsclone_out_argv

 int
 guestfs_ntfsclone_out_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             const char *backupfile,
                             const struct guestfs_ntfsclone_out_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsclone_out> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsfix

 int
 guestfs_ntfsfix (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *device,
                  ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_NTFSFIX_CLEARBADSECTORS, int clearbadsectors,

このコマンドは、いくつかの基本的な NTFS の不整合を修復し、 NTFS ジャーナルファイルをリセットし、次回 Windows 起動時に NTFS
完全性チェックをスケジュール化します。

これは Windows の C<chkdsk> と同等では I<ありません> 。不整合に対してファイルシステムをスキャン I<しません> 。

オプションの C<clearbadsectors>
フラグは不良セクターの一覧をクリアします。不良セクターを持つディスクを新しいディスクにクローンした後に有用です。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfs3g>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfsfix_va

 int
 guestfs_ntfsfix_va (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsfix> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsfix_argv

 int
 guestfs_ntfsfix_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       const struct guestfs_ntfsfix_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsfix> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsresize

 int
 guestfs_ntfsresize (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_ntfsresize_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.3.2 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts

 int
 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_NTFSRESIZE_OPTS_SIZE, int64_t size,
 GUESTFS_NTFSRESIZE_OPTS_FORCE, int force,

このコマンドは NTFS ファイルシステムの容量を変更します。基礎となるデバイスの容量まで拡張または縮小します。

オプションのパラメーターは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<size>

ファイルシステムの新しい容量 (バイト単位)。省略されると、ファイルシステムはコンテナー (例: パーティション) に合うよう容量を変更されます。

=item C<force>

If this option is true, then force the resize of the filesystem even if the
filesystem is marked as requiring a consistency check.

After the resize operation, the filesystem is always marked as requiring a
consistency check (for safety).  You have to boot into Windows to perform
this check and clear this condition.  If you I<don't> set the C<force>
option then it is not possible to call C<guestfs_ntfsresize> multiple times
on a single filesystem without booting into Windows between each resize.

=back

L<ntfsresize(8)> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfsprogs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsresize_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_ntfsresize_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *device,
                               const struct guestfs_ntfsresize_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_ntfsresize_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_ntfsresize_size

 int
 guestfs_ntfsresize_size (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          int64_t size);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_ntfsresize> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command is the same as C<guestfs_ntfsresize> except that it allows you
to specify the new size (in bytes) explicitly.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<ntfsprogs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.14 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_parse_environment

 int
 guestfs_parse_environment (guestfs_h *g);

Parse the program’s environment and set flags in the handle accordingly.
For example if C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> then the ‘verbose’ flag is set in the
handle.

I<Most programs do not need to call this>.  It is done implicitly when you
call C<guestfs_create>.

See L<guestfs(3)/ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES> for a list of environment variables
that can affect libguestfs handles.  See also
L<guestfs(3)/guestfs_create_flags>, and C<guestfs_parse_environment_list>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.53 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_parse_environment_list

 int
 guestfs_parse_environment_list (guestfs_h *g,
                                 char *const *environment);

Parse the list of strings in the argument C<environment> and set flags in
the handle accordingly.  For example if C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> is a string in
the list, then the ‘verbose’ flag is set in the handle.

This is the same as C<guestfs_parse_environment> except that it parses an
explicit list of strings instead of the program's environment.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.53 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_add

 int
 guestfs_part_add (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   const char *prlogex,
                   int64_t startsect,
                   int64_t endsect);

This command adds a partition to C<device>.  If there is no partition table
on the device, call C<guestfs_part_init> first.

The C<prlogex> parameter is the type of partition.  Normally you should pass
C<p> or C<primary> here, but MBR partition tables also support C<l> (or
C<logical>) and C<e> (or C<extended>) partition types.

C<startsect> and C<endsect> are the start and end of the partition in
I<sectors>.  C<endsect> may be negative, which means it counts backwards
from the end of the disk (C<-1> is the last sector).

Creating a partition which covers the whole disk is not so easy.  Use
C<guestfs_part_disk> to do that.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_del

 int
 guestfs_part_del (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   int partnum);

このコマンドは C<device> にある C<partnum> 番のパーティションを削除します。

Note that in the case of MBR partitioning, deleting an extended partition
also deletes any logical partitions it contains.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_disk

 int
 guestfs_part_disk (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    const char *parttype);

This command is simply a combination of C<guestfs_part_init> followed by
C<guestfs_part_add> to create a single primary partition covering the whole
disk.

C<parttype> is the partition table type, usually C<mbr> or C<gpt>, but other
possible values are described in C<guestfs_part_init>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_expand_gpt

 int
 guestfs_part_expand_gpt (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device);

Move backup GPT data structures to the end of the disk.  This is useful in
case of in-place image expand since disk space after backup GPT header is
not usable.  This is equivalent to C<sgdisk -e>.

See also L<sgdisk(8)>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.2)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_bootable

 int
 guestfs_part_get_bootable (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum);

C<device> にあるパーティション C<partnum> にブート可能フラグが設定されていると、このコマンドは真を返します。

C<guestfs_part_set_bootable> 参照。

This function returns a C truth value on success or -1 on error.

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_disk_guid

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_disk_guid (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device);

Return the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device>.  Behaviour
is undefined for other partition types.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.2)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_gpt_attributes

 int64_t
 guestfs_part_get_gpt_attributes (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *device,
                                  int partnum);

Return the attribute flags of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>.  An error
is returned for MBR partitions.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_gpt_guid

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_gpt_guid (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum);

Return the GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.25)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_gpt_type

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_gpt_type (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum);

Return the type GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>. For MBR
partitions, return an appropriate GUID corresponding to the MBR
type. Behaviour is undefined for other partition types.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_mbr_id

 int
 guestfs_part_get_mbr_id (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          int partnum);

Returns the MBR type byte (also known as the ID byte) from the numbered
partition C<partnum>.

Note that only MBR (old DOS-style) partitions have type bytes.  You will get
undefined results for other partition table types (see
C<guestfs_part_get_parttype>).

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_mbr_part_type

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_mbr_part_type (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *device,
                                 int partnum);

This returns the partition type of an MBR partition numbered C<partnum> on
device C<device>.

It returns C<primary>, C<logical>, or C<extended>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.29.32)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_name

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_name (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        int partnum);

This gets the partition name on partition numbered C<partnum> on device
C<device>.  Note that partitions are numbered from 1.

The partition name can only be read on certain types of partition table.
This works on C<gpt> but not on C<mbr> partitions.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(Added in 1.25.33)

=head2 guestfs_part_get_parttype

 char *
 guestfs_part_get_parttype (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device);

This command examines the partition table on C<device> and returns the
partition table type (format) being used.

Common return values include: C<msdos> (a DOS/Windows style MBR partition
table), C<gpt> (a GPT/EFI-style partition table).  Other values are
possible, although unusual.  See C<guestfs_part_init> for a full list.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_init

 int
 guestfs_part_init (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    const char *parttype);

This creates an empty partition table on C<device> of one of the partition
types listed below.  Usually C<parttype> should be either C<msdos> or C<gpt>
(for large disks).

Initially there are no partitions.  Following this, you should call
C<guestfs_part_add> for each partition required.

Possible values for C<parttype> are:

=over 4

=item C<efi>

=item C<gpt>

Intel EFI / GPT パーティションテーブル。

This is recommended for >= 2 TB partitions that will be accessed from Linux
and Intel-based Mac OS X.  It also has limited backwards compatibility with
the C<mbr> format.

=item C<mbr>

=item C<msdos>

The standard PC "Master Boot Record" (MBR) format used by MS-DOS and
Windows.  This partition type will B<only> work for device sizes up to 2
TB.  For large disks we recommend using C<gpt>.

=back

Other partition table types that may work but are not supported include:

=over 4

=item C<aix>

AIX ディスクラベル。

=item C<amiga>

=item C<rdb>

Amiga "Rigid Disk Block" 形式。

=item C<bsd>

BSD ディスクラベル.

=item C<dasd>

DASD, IBM メインフレームにおいて使用.

=item C<dvh>

MIPS/SGI ボリューム.

=item C<mac>

古い Mac パーティション形式。最近の Mac は C<gpt> を使用します。

=item C<pc98>

NEC PC-98 形式。日本において一般的に見られます。

=item C<sun>

Sun ディスクラベル

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_list

 struct guestfs_partition_list *
 guestfs_part_list (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device);

This command parses the partition table on C<device> and returns the list of
partitions found.

The fields in the returned structure are:

=over 4

=item C<part_num>

パーティション番号。1 から数えます。

=item C<part_start>

Start of the partition I<in bytes>.  To get sectors you have to divide by
the device’s sector size, see C<guestfs_blockdev_getss>.

=item C<part_end>

バイト単位のパーティションの終了位置。

=item C<part_size>

バイト単位のパーティション容量。

=back

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_partition_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_partition_list> after
use>.

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_resize

 int
 guestfs_part_resize (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      int partnum,
                      int64_t endsect);

This command resizes the partition numbered C<partnum> on C<device> by
moving the end position.

Note that this does not modify any filesystem present in the partition.  If
you wish to do this, you will need to use filesystem resizing commands like
C<guestfs_resize2fs>.

When growing a partition you will want to grow the filesystem afterwards,
but when shrinking, you need to shrink the filesystem before the partition.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.37.20)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_bootable

 int
 guestfs_part_set_bootable (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum,
                            int bootable);

デバイス C<device> のパーティション番号 C<partnum> にブート可能フラグを設定します。パーティションは 1
から番号が始まることに注意してください。

The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably Windows) to
determine which partition to boot from.  It is by no means universally
recognized.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_disk_guid

 int
 guestfs_part_set_disk_guid (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *device,
                             const char *guid);

Set the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device> to C<guid>.
Return an error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT, or if C<guid>
is not a valid GUID.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.2)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_disk_guid_random

 int
 guestfs_part_set_disk_guid_random (guestfs_h *g,
                                    const char *device);

Set the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device> to a randomly
generated value.  Return an error if the partition table of C<device> isn't
GPT.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.2)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_gpt_attributes

 int
 guestfs_part_set_gpt_attributes (guestfs_h *g,
                                  const char *device,
                                  int partnum,
                                  int64_t attributes);

Set the attribute flags of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to
C<attributes>. Return an error if the partition table of C<device> isn't
GPT.

See L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table#Partition_entries>
for a useful list of partition attributes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_gpt_guid

 int
 guestfs_part_set_gpt_guid (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum,
                            const char *guid);

Set the GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to C<guid>.  Return an
error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT, or if C<guid> is not a
valid GUID.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.29.25)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_gpt_type

 int
 guestfs_part_set_gpt_type (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *device,
                            int partnum,
                            const char *guid);

Set the type GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to C<guid>. Return an
error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT, or if C<guid> is not a
valid GUID.

See
L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table#Partition_type_GUIDs>
for a useful list of type GUIDs.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<gdisk>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_mbr_id

 int
 guestfs_part_set_mbr_id (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          int partnum,
                          int idbyte);

Sets the MBR type byte (also known as the ID byte) of the numbered partition
C<partnum> to C<idbyte>.  Note that the type bytes quoted in most
documentation are in fact hexadecimal numbers, but usually documented
without any leading "0x" which might be confusing.

Note that only MBR (old DOS-style) partitions have type bytes.  You will get
undefined results for other partition table types (see
C<guestfs_part_get_parttype>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_set_name

 int
 guestfs_part_set_name (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        int partnum,
                        const char *name);

This sets the partition name on partition numbered C<partnum> on device
C<device>.  Note that partitions are numbered from 1.

The partition name can only be set on certain types of partition table.
This works on C<gpt> but not on C<mbr> partitions.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.78 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_to_dev

 char *
 guestfs_part_to_dev (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *partition);

This function takes a partition name (eg. "/dev/sdb1") and removes the
partition number, returning the device name (eg. "/dev/sdb").

The named partition must exist, for example as a string returned from
C<guestfs_list_partitions>.

C<guestfs_part_to_partnum>, C<guestfs_device_index> 参照。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.5.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_part_to_partnum

 int
 guestfs_part_to_partnum (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *partition);

This function takes a partition name (eg. "/dev/sdb1") and returns the
partition number (eg. C<1>).

The named partition must exist, for example as a string returned from
C<guestfs_list_partitions>.

C<guestfs_part_to_dev> 参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.13.25 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_ping_daemon

 int
 guestfs_ping_daemon (guestfs_h *g);

This is a test probe into the guestfs daemon running inside the libguestfs
appliance.  Calling this function checks that the daemon responds to the
ping message, without affecting the daemon or attached block device(s) in
any other way.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pread

 char *
 guestfs_pread (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path,
                int count,
                int64_t offset,
                size_t *size_r);

This command lets you read part of a file.  It reads C<count> bytes of the
file, starting at C<offset>, from file C<path>.

This may read fewer bytes than requested.  For further details see the
L<pread(2)> system call.

C<guestfs_pwrite>, C<guestfs_pread_device> 参照。

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pread_device

 char *
 guestfs_pread_device (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       int count,
                       int64_t offset,
                       size_t *size_r);

This command lets you read part of a block device.  It reads C<count> bytes
of C<device>, starting at C<offset>.

This may read fewer bytes than requested.  For further details see the
L<pread(2)> system call.

C<guestfs_pread> 参照。

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.5.21 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvchange_uuid

 int
 guestfs_pvchange_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device);

物理ボリューム C<device> に対する新しいランダムな UUID を生成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvchange_uuid_all

 int
 guestfs_pvchange_uuid_all (guestfs_h *g);

すべての物理ボリュームに対する新しいランダムな UUID を生成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvcreate

 int
 guestfs_pvcreate (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

This creates an LVM physical volume on the named C<device>, where C<device>
should usually be a partition name such as F</dev/sda1>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvremove

 int
 guestfs_pvremove (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

This wipes a physical volume C<device> so that LVM will no longer recognise
it.

The implementation uses the L<pvremove(8)> command which refuses to wipe
physical volumes that contain any volume groups, so you have to remove those
first.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.13 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvresize

 int
 guestfs_pvresize (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

This resizes (expands or shrinks) an existing LVM physical volume to match
the new size of the underlying device.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvresize_size

 int
 guestfs_pvresize_size (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        int64_t size);

This command is the same as C<guestfs_pvresize> except that it allows you to
specify the new size (in bytes) explicitly.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.14 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvs

 char **
 guestfs_pvs (guestfs_h *g);

List all the physical volumes detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<pvs(8)> command.

This returns a list of just the device names that contain PVs
(eg. F</dev/sda2>).

C<guestfs_pvs_full> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvs_full

 struct guestfs_lvm_pv_list *
 guestfs_pvs_full (guestfs_h *g);

List all the physical volumes detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<pvs(8)> command.  The "full" version includes all fields.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_lvm_pv_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_lvm_pv_list> after
use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pvuuid

 char *
 guestfs_pvuuid (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device);

このコマンドは LVM PV C<device> の UUID を返します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pwrite

 int
 guestfs_pwrite (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *path,
                 const char *content,
                 size_t content_size,
                 int64_t offset);

This command writes to part of a file.  It writes the data buffer C<content>
to the file C<path> starting at offset C<offset>.

This command implements the L<pwrite(2)> system call, and like that system
call it may not write the full data requested.  The return value is the
number of bytes that were actually written to the file.  This could even be
0, although short writes are unlikely for regular files in ordinary
circumstances.

C<guestfs_pread>, C<guestfs_pwrite_device> 参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.3.14 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_pwrite_device

 int
 guestfs_pwrite_device (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        const char *content,
                        size_t content_size,
                        int64_t offset);

This command writes to part of a device.  It writes the data buffer
C<content> to C<device> starting at offset C<offset>.

This command implements the L<pwrite(2)> system call, and like that system
call it may not write the full data requested (although short writes to disk
devices and partitions are probably impossible with standard Linux kernels).

C<guestfs_pwrite> 参照。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.5.20 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_read_file

 char *
 guestfs_read_file (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path,
                    size_t *size_r);

This calls returns the contents of the file C<path> as a buffer.

Unlike C<guestfs_cat>, this function can correctly handle files that contain
embedded ASCII NUL characters.

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

(1.0.63 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_read_lines

 char **
 guestfs_read_lines (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path);

C<path> という名前のファイルの内容を返します。

The file contents are returned as a list of lines.  Trailing C<LF> and
C<CRLF> character sequences are I<not> returned.

Note that this function cannot correctly handle binary files (specifically,
files containing C<\0> character which is treated as end of string).  For
those you need to use the C<guestfs_read_file> function and split the buffer
into lines yourself.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(0.7 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_readdir

 struct guestfs_dirent_list *
 guestfs_readdir (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *dir);

This returns the list of directory entries in directory C<dir>.

All entries in the directory are returned, including C<.> and C<..>.  The
entries are I<not> sorted, but returned in the same order as the underlying
filesystem.

Also this call returns basic file type information about each file.  The
C<ftyp> field will contain one of the following characters:

=over 4

=item 'b'

ブロック特殊

=item 'c'

キャラクター特殊

=item 'd'

ディレクトリ

=item 'f'

FIFO (名前付きパイプ)

=item 'l'

シンボリックリンク

=item 'r'

通常のファイル

=item 's'

ソケット

=item 'u'

未知のファイル種別

=item '?'

The L<readdir(3)> call returned a C<d_type> field with an unexpected value

=back

This function is primarily intended for use by programs.  To get a simple
list of names, use C<guestfs_ls>.  To get a printable directory for human
consumption, use C<guestfs_ll>.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_dirent_list *> を返します。もしくは、エラーが発生すると NULL を返します。
I<呼び出し元は使用後に C<guestfs_free_dirent_list> を呼び出す必要があります>。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_readlink

 char *
 guestfs_readlink (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *path);

このコマンドはシンボリックリンクの参照先を読み込みます。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_readlinklist

 char **
 guestfs_readlinklist (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       char *const *names);

This call allows you to do a C<readlink> operation on multiple files, where
all files are in the directory C<path>.  C<names> is the list of files from
this directory.

On return you get a list of strings, with a one-to-one correspondence to the
C<names> list.  Each string is the value of the symbolic link.

If the L<readlink(2)> operation fails on any name, then the corresponding
result string is the empty string C<"">.  However the whole operation is
completed even if there were L<readlink(2)> errors, and so you can call this
function with names where you don't know if they are symbolic links already
(albeit slightly less efficient).

This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently list a directory
contents without making many round-trips.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_realpath

 char *
 guestfs_realpath (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *path);

Return the canonicalized absolute pathname of C<path>.  The returned path
has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_remount

 int
 guestfs_remount (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *mountpoint,
                  ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_REMOUNT_RW, int rw,

This call allows you to change the C<rw> (readonly/read-write)  flag on an
already mounted filesystem at C<mountpoint>, converting a readonly
filesystem to be read-write, or vice-versa.

Note that at the moment you must supply the "optional" C<rw> parameter.  In
future we may allow other flags to be adjusted.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.23.2)

=head2 guestfs_remount_va

 int
 guestfs_remount_va (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *mountpoint,
                     va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_remount>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_remount_argv

 int
 guestfs_remount_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *mountpoint,
                       const struct guestfs_remount_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_remount>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_remove_drive

 int
 guestfs_remove_drive (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *label);

This function is conceptually the opposite of C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.  It
removes the drive that was previously added with label C<label>.

Note that in order to remove drives, you have to add them with labels (see
the optional C<label> argument to C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>).  If you didn't
use a label, then they cannot be removed.

You can call this function before or after launching the handle.  If called
after launch, if the backend supports it, we try to hot unplug the drive:
see L<guestfs(3)/HOTPLUGGING>.  The disk B<must not> be in use (eg. mounted)
when you do this.  We try to detect if the disk is in use and stop you from
doing this.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.49 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_removexattr

 int
 guestfs_removexattr (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *xattr,
                      const char *path);

This call removes the extended attribute named C<xattr> of the file C<path>.

関連項目: C<guestfs_lremovexattr>, L<attr(5)>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rename

 int
 guestfs_rename (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *oldpath,
                 const char *newpath);

Rename a file to a new place on the same filesystem.  This is the same as
the Linux L<rename(2)> system call.  In most cases you are better to use
C<guestfs_mv> instead.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.21.5 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_resize2fs

 int
 guestfs_resize2fs (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device);

This resizes an ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem to match the size of the
underlying device.

See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_resize2fs_M

 int
 guestfs_resize2fs_M (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device);

This command is the same as C<guestfs_resize2fs>, but the filesystem is
resized to its minimum size.  This works like the I<-M> option to the
L<resize2fs(8)> command.

To get the resulting size of the filesystem you should call
C<guestfs_tune2fs_l> and read the C<Block size> and C<Block count> values.
These two numbers, multiplied together, give the resulting size of the
minimal filesystem in bytes.

See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.9.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_resize2fs_size

 int
 guestfs_resize2fs_size (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         int64_t size);

This command is the same as C<guestfs_resize2fs> except that it allows you
to specify the new size (in bytes) explicitly.

See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.14 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rm

 int
 guestfs_rm (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *path);

単一ファイル C<path> を削除します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rm_f

 int
 guestfs_rm_f (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

ファイル C<path> を削除します。

ファイルが存在しない場合、そのエラーは無視されます。（I/O エラーや不正なパスなど、他のエラーは無視されません）

This call cannot remove directories.  Use C<guestfs_rmdir> to remove an
empty directory, or C<guestfs_rm_rf> to remove directories recursively.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.42 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rm_rf

 int
 guestfs_rm_rf (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path);

Remove the file or directory C<path>, recursively removing the contents if
its a directory.  This is like the C<rm -rf> shell command.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rmdir

 int
 guestfs_rmdir (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path);

単一ディレクトリ C<path> を削除します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rmmountpoint

 int
 guestfs_rmmountpoint (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *exemptpath);

This call removes a mountpoint that was previously created with
C<guestfs_mkmountpoint>.  See C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> for full details.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.62 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rsync

 int
 guestfs_rsync (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *src,
                const char *dest,
                ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_RSYNC_ARCHIVE, int archive,
 GUESTFS_RSYNC_DELETEDEST, int deletedest,

This call may be used to copy or synchronize two directories under the same
libguestfs handle.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast
algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

C<src> and C<dest> are the source and destination directories.  Files are
copied from C<src> to C<dest>.

オプション引数は次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<archive>

Turns on archive mode.  This is the same as passing the I<--archive> flag to
C<rsync>.

=item C<deletedest>

Delete files at the destination that do not exist at the source.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<rsync>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rsync_va

 int
 guestfs_rsync_va (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *src,
                   const char *dest,
                   va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_rsync>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_rsync_argv

 int
 guestfs_rsync_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *src,
                     const char *dest,
                     const struct guestfs_rsync_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_rsync> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_rsync_in

 int
 guestfs_rsync_in (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *remote,
                   const char *dest,
                   ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_RSYNC_IN_ARCHIVE, int archive,
 GUESTFS_RSYNC_IN_DELETEDEST, int deletedest,

This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem on the host or
on a remote computer with the filesystem within libguestfs.  This uses the
L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files
unnecessarily.

This call only works if the network is enabled.  See C<guestfs_set_network>
or the I<--network> option to various tools like L<guestfish(1)>.

Files are copied from the remote server and directory specified by C<remote>
to the destination directory C<dest>.

The format of the remote server string is defined by L<rsync(1)>.  Note that
there is no way to supply a password or passphrase so the target must be set
up not to require one.

オプションの引数は C<guestfs_rsync> のものと同じです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<rsync>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rsync_in_va

 int
 guestfs_rsync_in_va (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *remote,
                      const char *dest,
                      va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_rsync_in> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_rsync_in_argv

 int
 guestfs_rsync_in_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *remote,
                        const char *dest,
                        const struct guestfs_rsync_in_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_rsync_in> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_rsync_out

 int
 guestfs_rsync_out (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *src,
                    const char *remote,
                    ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_RSYNC_OUT_ARCHIVE, int archive,
 GUESTFS_RSYNC_OUT_DELETEDEST, int deletedest,

This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem within
libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.  This uses
the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying
files unnecessarily.

This call only works if the network is enabled.  See C<guestfs_set_network>
or the I<--network> option to various tools like L<guestfish(1)>.

Files are copied from the source directory C<src> to the remote server and
directory specified by C<remote>.

The format of the remote server string is defined by L<rsync(1)>.  Note that
there is no way to supply a password or passphrase so the target must be set
up not to require one.

オプションの引数は C<guestfs_rsync> のものと同じです。

Globbing does not happen on the C<src> parameter.  In programs which use the
API directly you have to expand wildcards yourself (see
C<guestfs_glob_expand>).  In guestfish you can use the C<glob> command (see
L<guestfish(1)/glob>), for example:

 ><fs> glob rsync-out /* rsync://remote/

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<rsync>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_rsync_out_va

 int
 guestfs_rsync_out_va (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *src,
                       const char *remote,
                       va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_rsync_out> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_rsync_out_argv

 int
 guestfs_rsync_out_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *src,
                         const char *remote,
                         const struct guestfs_rsync_out_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_rsync_out> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_scrub_device

 int
 guestfs_scrub_device (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device);

This command writes patterns over C<device> to make data retrieval more
difficult.

It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program.  See that manual page for
more details.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<scrub>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.52 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_scrub_file

 int
 guestfs_scrub_file (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *file);

This command writes patterns over a file to make data retrieval more
difficult.

The file is I<removed> after scrubbing.

It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program.  See that manual page for
more details.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<scrub>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.52 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_scrub_freespace

 int
 guestfs_scrub_freespace (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *dir);

This command creates the directory C<dir> and then fills it with files until
the filesystem is full, and scrubs the files as for C<guestfs_scrub_file>,
and deletes them.  The intention is to scrub any free space on the partition
containing C<dir>.

It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program.  See that manual page for
more details.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<scrub>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.52 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_selinux_relabel

 int
 guestfs_selinux_relabel (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *specfile,
                          const char *path,
                          ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_SELINUX_RELABEL_FORCE, int force,

SELinux relabel parts of the filesystem.

The C<specfile> parameter controls the policy spec file used.  You have to
parse C</etc/selinux/config> to find the correct SELinux policy and then
pass the spec file, usually: C</etc/selinux/> + I<selinuxtype> +
C</contexts/files/file_contexts>.

The required C<path> parameter is the top level directory where relabelling
starts.  Normally you should pass C<path> as C</> to relabel the whole guest
filesystem.

The optional C<force> boolean controls whether the context is reset for
customizable files, and also whether the user, role and range parts of the
file context is changed.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<selinuxrelabel>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.33.43)

=head2 guestfs_selinux_relabel_va

 int
 guestfs_selinux_relabel_va (guestfs_h *g,
                             const char *specfile,
                             const char *path,
                             va_list args);

This is the "va_list variant" of L</guestfs_selinux_relabel>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_selinux_relabel_argv

 int
 guestfs_selinux_relabel_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *specfile,
                               const char *path,
                               const struct guestfs_selinux_relabel_argv *optargs);

This is the "argv variant" of L</guestfs_selinux_relabel>.

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_set_append

 int
 guestfs_set_append (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *append);

This function is used to add additional options to the libguestfs appliance
kernel command line.

C<LIBGUESTFS_APPEND> 環境変数を設定して上書きされなければ、デフォルトは C<NULL> です。

C<append> を C<NULL> に設定することは、追加のオプションが渡され I<ない> ことを意味します（libguestfs
は常に自身のいくつかを追加します）。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_attach_method

 int
 guestfs_set_attach_method (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *backend);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_set_backend> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Set the method that libguestfs uses to connect to the backend guestfsd
daemon.

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.9.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_autosync

 int
 guestfs_set_autosync (guestfs_h *g,
                       int autosync);

If C<autosync> is true, this enables autosync.  Libguestfs will make a best
effort attempt to make filesystems consistent and synchronized when the
handle is closed (also if the program exits without closing handles).

デフォルトで有効です（libguestfs 1.5.24 以降、以前は デフォルトで無効でした）。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_backend

 int
 guestfs_set_backend (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *backend);

Set the method that libguestfs uses to connect to the backend guestfsd
daemon.

This handle property was previously called the "attach method".

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.21.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_backend_setting

 int
 guestfs_set_backend_setting (guestfs_h *g,
                              const char *name,
                              const char *val);

Append C<"name=value"> to the backend settings string list.  However if a
string already exists matching C<"name"> or beginning with C<"name=">, then
that setting is replaced.

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>, L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND SETTINGS>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.27.2)

=head2 guestfs_set_backend_settings

 int
 guestfs_set_backend_settings (guestfs_h *g,
                               char *const *settings);

Set a list of zero or more settings which are passed through to the current
backend.  Each setting is a string which is interpreted in a
backend-specific way, or ignored if not understood by the backend.

The default value is an empty list, unless the environment variable
C<LIBGUESTFS_BACKEND_SETTINGS> was set when the handle was created.  This
environment variable contains a colon-separated list of settings.

This call replaces all backend settings.  If you want to replace a single
backend setting, see C<guestfs_set_backend_setting>.  If you want to clear a
single backend setting, see C<guestfs_clear_backend_setting>.

See L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND>, L<guestfs(3)/BACKEND SETTINGS>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.25.24)

=head2 guestfs_set_cachedir

 int
 guestfs_set_cachedir (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *cachedir);

Set the directory used by the handle to store the appliance cache, when
using a supermin appliance.  The appliance is cached and shared between all
handles which have the same effective user ID.

The environment variables C<LIBGUESTFS_CACHEDIR> and C<TMPDIR> control the
default value: If C<LIBGUESTFS_CACHEDIR> is set, then that is the default.
Else if C<TMPDIR> is set, then that is the default.  Else F</var/tmp> is the
default.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.58 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_direct

 int
 guestfs_set_direct (guestfs_h *g,
                     int direct);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_internal_get_console_socket> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

If the direct appliance mode flag is enabled, then stdin and stdout are
passed directly through to the appliance once it is launched.

One consequence of this is that log messages aren't caught by the library
and handled by C<guestfs_set_log_message_callback>, but go straight to
stdout.

You probably don't want to use this unless you know what you are doing.

デフォルトは無効です。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.72 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_e2attrs

 int
 guestfs_set_e2attrs (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *file,
                      const char *attrs,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_SET_E2ATTRS_CLEAR, int clear,

This sets or clears the file attributes C<attrs> associated with the inode
F<file>.

C<attrs> はファイル属性を表す文字の列です。利用可能な属性の一覧は C<guestfs_get_e2attrs>
を参照してください。すべての属性が変更できるわけではありません。

If optional boolean C<clear> is not present or false, then the C<attrs>
listed are set in the inode.

If C<clear> is true, then the C<attrs> listed are cleared in the inode.

In both cases, other attributes not present in the C<attrs> string are left
unchanged.

These attributes are only present when the file is located on an ext2/3/4
filesystem.  Using this call on other filesystem types will result in an
error.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.31 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_e2attrs_va

 int
 guestfs_set_e2attrs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *file,
                         const char *attrs,
                         va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_set_e2attrs> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_set_e2attrs_argv

 int
 guestfs_set_e2attrs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *file,
                           const char *attrs,
                           const struct guestfs_set_e2attrs_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_set_e2attrs> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_set_e2generation

 int
 guestfs_set_e2generation (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *file,
                           int64_t generation);

これはファイルの ext2 ファイル世代を設定します。

C<guestfs_get_e2generation> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.31 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_e2label

 int
 guestfs_set_e2label (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      const char *label);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_set_label> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This sets the ext2/3/4 filesystem label of the filesystem on C<device> to
C<label>.  Filesystem labels are limited to 16 characters.

You can use either C<guestfs_tune2fs_l> or C<guestfs_get_e2label> to return
the existing label on a filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_e2uuid

 int
 guestfs_set_e2uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     const char *uuid);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_set_uuid>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This sets the ext2/3/4 filesystem UUID of the filesystem on C<device> to
C<uuid>.  The format of the UUID and alternatives such as C<clear>,
C<random> and C<time> are described in the L<tune2fs(8)> manpage.

You can use C<guestfs_vfs_uuid> to return the existing UUID of a filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_hv

 int
 guestfs_set_hv (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *hv);

Set the hypervisor binary that we will use.  The hypervisor depends on the
backend, but is usually the location of the qemu/KVM hypervisor.  For the
uml backend, it is the location of the C<linux> or C<vmlinux> binary.

The default is chosen when the library was compiled by the configure script.

You can also override this by setting the C<LIBGUESTFS_HV> environment
variable.

Note that you should call this function as early as possible after creating
the handle.  This is because some pre-launch operations depend on testing
qemu features (by running C<qemu -help>).  If the qemu binary changes, we
don't retest features, and so you might see inconsistent results.  Using the
environment variable C<LIBGUESTFS_HV> is safest of all since that picks the
qemu binary at the same time as the handle is created.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.23.17)

=head2 guestfs_set_identifier

 int
 guestfs_set_identifier (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *identifier);

This is an informative string which the caller may optionally set in the
handle.  It is printed in various places, allowing the current handle to be
identified in debugging output.

One important place is when tracing is enabled.  If the identifier string is
not an empty string, then trace messages change from this:

 libguestfs: trace: get_tmpdir
 libguestfs: trace: get_tmpdir = "/tmp"

to this:

 libguestfs: trace: ID: get_tmpdir
 libguestfs: trace: ID: get_tmpdir = "/tmp"

where C<ID> is the identifier string set by this call.

The identifier must only contain alphanumeric ASCII characters, underscore
and minus sign.  The default is the empty string.

See also C<guestfs_set_program>, C<guestfs_set_trace>,
C<guestfs_get_identifier>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.31.14)

=head2 guestfs_set_label

 int
 guestfs_set_label (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *mountable,
                    const char *label);

Set the filesystem label on C<mountable> to C<label>.

いくつかのファイルシステム形式のみがラベルをサポートします。そして libguestfs はこれらのサブセットのみにおいてラベルの設定をサポートします。

=over 4

=item ext2, ext3, ext4

Labels are limited to 16 bytes.

=item NTFS

Labels are limited to 128 unicode characters.

=item XFS

The label is limited to 12 bytes.  The filesystem must not be mounted when
trying to set the label.

=item btrfs

The label is limited to 255 bytes and some characters are not allowed.
Setting the label on a btrfs subvolume will set the label on its parent
filesystem.  The filesystem must not be mounted when trying to set the
label.

=item fat

The label is limited to 11 bytes.

=item swap

The label is limited to 16 bytes.

=back

If there is no support for changing the label for the type of the specified
filesystem, set_label will fail and set errno as ENOTSUP.

ファイルシステムにあるラベルを読み込むには C<guestfs_vfs_label> を呼び出します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.9 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_libvirt_requested_credential

 int
 guestfs_set_libvirt_requested_credential (guestfs_h *g,
                                           int index,
                                           const char *cred,
                                           size_t cred_size);

After requesting the C<index>'th credential from the user, call this
function to pass the answer back to libvirt.

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_set_libvirt_supported_credentials

 int
 guestfs_set_libvirt_supported_credentials (guestfs_h *g,
                                            char *const *creds);

Call this function before setting an event handler for
C<GUESTFS_EVENT_LIBVIRT_AUTH>, to supply the list of credential types that
the program knows how to process.

C<creds> 一覧は文字列の空ではない一覧にする必要があります。利用可能な文字列は次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<username>

=item C<authname>

=item C<language>

=item C<cnonce>

=item C<passphrase>

=item C<echoprompt>

=item C<noechoprompt>

=item C<realm>

=item C<external>

=back

これらのクレデンシャル種別の意味は libvirt ドキュメントを参照してください。

See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.52 において追加))

=head2 guestfs_set_memsize

 int
 guestfs_set_memsize (guestfs_h *g,
                      int memsize);

This sets the memory size in megabytes allocated to the hypervisor.  This
only has any effect if called before C<guestfs_launch>.

ハンドルが設定される前に環境変数 C<LIBGUESTFS_MEMSIZE> を設定することにより、これを変更できます。

libguestfs のアーキテクチャーの詳細は L<guestfs(3)> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_network

 int
 guestfs_set_network (guestfs_h *g,
                      int network);

C<network> が真ならば、libguestfs アプライアンスにおいてネットワークが有効になります。デフォルトは偽です。

This affects whether commands are able to access the network (see
L<guestfs(3)/RUNNING COMMANDS>).

You must call this before calling C<guestfs_launch>, otherwise it has no
effect.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.5.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_path

 int
 guestfs_set_path (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *searchpath);

libguestfs がカーネルおよび initrd.img を検索するパスを設定します。

The default is C<$libdir/guestfs> unless overridden by setting
C<LIBGUESTFS_PATH> environment variable.

C<path> に C<NULL> を設定することによりパスの初期値を復元します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_pgroup

 int
 guestfs_set_pgroup (guestfs_h *g,
                     int pgroup);

C<pgroup> が真ならば、子プロセスは自身のプロセスグループの中に置かれます。

The practical upshot of this is that signals like C<SIGINT> (from users
pressing C<^C>) won't be received by the child process.

The default for this flag is false, because usually you want C<^C> to kill
the subprocess.  Guestfish sets this flag to true when used interactively,
so that C<^C> can cancel long-running commands gracefully (see
C<guestfs_user_cancel>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.11.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_program

 int
 guestfs_set_program (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *program);

Set the program name.  This is an informative string which the main program
may optionally set in the handle.

When the handle is created, the program name in the handle is set to the
basename from C<argv[0]>.  The program name can never be C<NULL>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.21.29 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_qemu

 int
 guestfs_set_qemu (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *hv);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_set_hv> call
instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

Set the hypervisor binary (usually qemu) that we will use.

The default is chosen when the library was compiled by the configure script.

You can also override this by setting the C<LIBGUESTFS_HV> environment
variable.

Setting C<hv> to C<NULL> restores the default qemu binary.

Note that you should call this function as early as possible after creating
the handle.  This is because some pre-launch operations depend on testing
qemu features (by running C<qemu -help>).  If the qemu binary changes, we
don't retest features, and so you might see inconsistent results.  Using the
environment variable C<LIBGUESTFS_HV> is safest of all since that picks the
qemu binary at the same time as the handle is created.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_recovery_proc

 int
 guestfs_set_recovery_proc (guestfs_h *g,
                            int recoveryproc);

If this is called with the parameter C<false> then C<guestfs_launch> does
not create a recovery process.  The purpose of the recovery process is to
stop runaway hypervisor processes in the case where the main program aborts
abruptly.

This only has any effect if called before C<guestfs_launch>, and the default
is true.

About the only time when you would want to disable this is if the main
process will fork itself into the background ("daemonize" itself).  In this
case the recovery process thinks that the main program has disappeared and
so kills the hypervisor, which is not very helpful.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_selinux

 int
 guestfs_set_selinux (guestfs_h *g,
                      int selinux);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_selinux_relabel> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This sets the selinux flag that is passed to the appliance at boot time.
The default is C<selinux=0> (disabled).

Note that if SELinux is enabled, it is always in Permissive mode
(C<enforcing=0>).

libguestfs のアーキテクチャーの詳細は L<guestfs(3)> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.67 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_smp

 int
 guestfs_set_smp (guestfs_h *g,
                  int smp);

アプライアンスに割り当てられる仮想 CPU 数を変更します。初期値は C<1>
です。これを増やすことにより性能を向上させられますが、ときどき効果がありません。

この関数は C<guestfs_launch> の前に呼び出す必要があります。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.13.15 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_tmpdir

 int
 guestfs_set_tmpdir (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *tmpdir);

Set the directory used by the handle to store temporary files.

The environment variables C<LIBGUESTFS_TMPDIR> and C<TMPDIR> control the
default value: If C<LIBGUESTFS_TMPDIR> is set, then that is the default.
Else if C<TMPDIR> is set, then that is the default.  Else F</tmp> is the
default.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.58 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_trace

 int
 guestfs_set_trace (guestfs_h *g,
                    int trace);

If the command trace flag is set to 1, then libguestfs calls, parameters and
return values are traced.

If you want to trace C API calls into libguestfs (and other libraries) then
possibly a better way is to use the external L<ltrace(1)> command.

Command traces are disabled unless the environment variable
C<LIBGUESTFS_TRACE> is defined and set to C<1>.

Trace messages are normally sent to C<stderr>, unless you register a
callback to send them somewhere else (see C<guestfs_set_event_callback>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.69 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_set_uuid

 int
 guestfs_set_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   const char *uuid);

Set the filesystem UUID on C<device> to C<uuid>.  If this fails and the
errno is ENOTSUP, means that there is no support for changing the UUID for
the type of the specified filesystem.

Only some filesystem types support setting UUIDs.

To read the UUID on a filesystem, call C<guestfs_vfs_uuid>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.23.10)

=head2 guestfs_set_uuid_random

 int
 guestfs_set_uuid_random (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device);

Set the filesystem UUID on C<device> to a random UUID.  If this fails and
the errno is ENOTSUP, means that there is no support for changing the UUID
for the type of the specified filesystem.

Only some filesystem types support setting UUIDs.

To read the UUID on a filesystem, call C<guestfs_vfs_uuid>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.29.50)

=head2 guestfs_set_verbose

 int
 guestfs_set_verbose (guestfs_h *g,
                      int verbose);

C<verbose> が真ならば、メッセージの冗長化を有効にします。

Verbose messages are disabled unless the environment variable
C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG> is defined and set to C<1>.

Verbose messages are normally sent to C<stderr>, unless you register a
callback to send them somewhere else (see C<guestfs_set_event_callback>).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_setcon

 int
 guestfs_setcon (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *context);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the
L</guestfs_selinux_relabel> call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This sets the SELinux security context of the daemon to the string
C<context>.

L<guestfs(3)> における SELinux に関するドキュメントを参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<selinux>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.67 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_setxattr

 int
 guestfs_setxattr (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *xattr,
                   const char *val,
                   int vallen,
                   const char *path);

This call sets the extended attribute named C<xattr> of the file C<path> to
the value C<val> (of length C<vallen>).  The value is arbitrary 8 bit data.

関連項目: C<guestfs_lsetxattr>, L<attr(5)>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxxattrs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdisk

 int
 guestfs_sfdisk (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device,
                 int cyls,
                 int heads,
                 int sectors,
                 char *const *lines);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_part_add> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is a direct interface to the L<sfdisk(8)> program for creating
partitions on block devices.

C<device> should be a block device, for example F</dev/sda>.

C<cyls>, C<heads> and C<sectors> are the number of cylinders, heads and
sectors on the device, which are passed directly to L<sfdisk(8)> as the
I<-C>, I<-H> and I<-S> parameters.  If you pass C<0> for any of these, then
the corresponding parameter is omitted.  Usually for ‘large’ disks, you can
just pass C<0> for these, but for small (floppy-sized) disks, L<sfdisk(8)>
(or rather, the kernel) cannot work out the right geometry and you will need
to tell it.

C<lines> is a list of lines that we feed to L<sfdisk(8)>.  For more
information refer to the L<sfdisk(8)> manpage.

To create a single partition occupying the whole disk, you would pass
C<lines> as a single element list, when the single element being the string
C<,> (comma).

関連項目: C<guestfs_sfdisk_l>, C<guestfs_sfdisk_N>, C<guestfs_part_init>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdiskM

 int
 guestfs_sfdiskM (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *device,
                  char *const *lines);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_part_add> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This is a simplified interface to the C<guestfs_sfdisk> command, where
partition sizes are specified in megabytes only (rounded to the nearest
cylinder) and you don't need to specify the cyls, heads and sectors
parameters which were rarely if ever used anyway.

関連項目: C<guestfs_sfdisk>, L<sfdisk(8)> マニュアルページおよび C<guestfs_part_disk>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdisk_N

 int
 guestfs_sfdisk_N (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   int partnum,
                   int cyls,
                   int heads,
                   int sectors,
                   const char *line);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_part_add> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This runs L<sfdisk(8)> option to modify just the single partition C<n>
(note: C<n> counts from 1).

For other parameters, see C<guestfs_sfdisk>.  You should usually pass C<0>
for the cyls/heads/sectors parameters.

関連項目: C<guestfs_part_add>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdisk_disk_geometry

 char *
 guestfs_sfdisk_disk_geometry (guestfs_h *g,
                               const char *device);

This displays the disk geometry of C<device> read from the partition table.
Especially in the case where the underlying block device has been resized,
this can be different from the kernel’s idea of the geometry (see
C<guestfs_sfdisk_kernel_geometry>).

The result is in human-readable format, and not designed to be parsed.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdisk_kernel_geometry

 char *
 guestfs_sfdisk_kernel_geometry (guestfs_h *g,
                                 const char *device);

This displays the kernel’s idea of the geometry of C<device>.

The result is in human-readable format, and not designed to be parsed.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sfdisk_l

 char *
 guestfs_sfdisk_l (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_part_list> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This displays the partition table on C<device>, in the human-readable output
of the L<sfdisk(8)> command.  It is not intended to be parsed.

関連項目: C<guestfs_part_list>

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sh

 char *
 guestfs_sh (guestfs_h *g,
             const char *command);

This call runs a command from the guest filesystem via the guest’s
F</bin/sh>.

This is like C<guestfs_command>, but passes the command to:

 /bin/sh -c "command"

Depending on the guest’s shell, this usually results in wildcards being
expanded, shell expressions being interpolated and so on.

All the provisos about C<guestfs_command> apply to this call.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.50 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sh_lines

 char **
 guestfs_sh_lines (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *command);

This is the same as C<guestfs_sh>, but splits the result into a list of
lines.

関連項目: C<guestfs_command_lines>

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.50 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_shutdown

 int
 guestfs_shutdown (guestfs_h *g);

This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown
of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the
default) then the disk image is synchronized.

サブプロセスがエラーで終了すると、この関数はエラーを返します。これは（ディスクイメージが正しく書き出されていないことを意味する可能性があるので）無視すべき
I<ではありません> 。

It is safe to call this multiple times.  Extra calls are ignored.

This call does I<not> close or free up the handle.  You still need to call
C<guestfs_close> afterwards.

C<guestfs_close> will call this if you don't do it explicitly, but note that
any errors are ignored in that case.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.19.16 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sleep

 int
 guestfs_sleep (guestfs_h *g,
                int secs);

C<secs> 秒間スリープします。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.41 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_stat

 struct guestfs_stat *
 guestfs_stat (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_statns> call
instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

与えられた C<path> のファイル情報を返します。

This is the same as the L<stat(2)> system call.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_stat *> を返します。エラーがあれば NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に
C<guestfs_free_stat> を呼び出す必要があります>。

(Added in 1.9.2)

=head2 guestfs_statns

 struct guestfs_statns *
 guestfs_statns (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *path);

与えられた C<path> のファイル情報を返します。

This is the same as the L<stat(2)> system call.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_statns *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_statns> after use>.

(Added in 1.27.53)

=head2 guestfs_statvfs

 struct guestfs_statvfs *
 guestfs_statvfs (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

Returns file system statistics for any mounted file system.  C<path> should
be a file or directory in the mounted file system (typically it is the mount
point itself, but it doesn't need to be).

This is the same as the L<statvfs(2)> system call.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_statvfs *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_statvfs> after use>.

(Added in 1.9.2)

=head2 guestfs_strings

 char **
 guestfs_strings (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path);

This runs the L<strings(1)> command on a file and returns the list of
printable strings found.

The C<strings> command has, in the past, had problems with parsing untrusted
files.  These are mitigated in the current version of libguestfs, but see
L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2014-8484>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_strings_e

 char **
 guestfs_strings_e (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *encoding,
                    const char *path);

This is like the C<guestfs_strings> command, but allows you to specify the
encoding of strings that are looked for in the source file C<path>.

許可されるエンコードは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item s

ASCII および ISO-8859-X の ASCII (これは C<guestfs_strings> が使用するものです) のような単一の 7
ビットのバイト文字。

=item S

単一の 8 ビットのバイト文字。

=item b

UTF-16BE や UCS-2BE でエンコードされたもののように 16 ビットのビッグエンディアン文字列。

=item l (小文字の L)

UTF-16LE や UCS-2LE のような 16 ビットのリトルエンディアン。これは Windows
仮想マシンにあるバイナリーを検査するために有用です。

=item B

UCS-4BE のような 32 ビットのビッグエンディアン。

=item L

UCS-4LE のような 32 ビットのリトルエンディアン。

=back

返される文字列は UTF-8 に変換されます。

The C<strings> command has, in the past, had problems with parsing untrusted
files.  These are mitigated in the current version of libguestfs, but see
L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2014-8484>.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapoff_device

 int
 guestfs_swapoff_device (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device);

このコマンドは libguestfs アプライアンスの swap デバイスまたは C<device> という名前のパーティションを無効にします。
C<guestfs_swapon_device> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapoff_file

 int
 guestfs_swapoff_file (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *file);

このコマンドは libguestfs アプライアンスの swap on ファイルを無効にします。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapoff_label

 int
 guestfs_swapoff_label (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *label);

このコマンドは libguestfs アプライアンスの swap on ラベル付き swap パーティションを無効にします。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapoff_uuid

 int
 guestfs_swapoff_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *uuid);

このコマンドは libguestfs アプライアンスの指定された UUID を持つ swap パーティションを無効にします。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxfsuuid>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapon_device

 int
 guestfs_swapon_device (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device);

This command enables the libguestfs appliance to use the swap device or
partition named C<device>.  The increased memory is made available for all
commands, for example those run using C<guestfs_command> or C<guestfs_sh>.

Note that you should not swap to existing guest swap partitions unless you
know what you are doing.  They may contain hibernation information, or other
information that the guest doesn't want you to trash.  You also risk leaking
information about the host to the guest this way.  Instead, attach a new
host device to the guest and swap on that.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapon_file

 int
 guestfs_swapon_file (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *file);

This command enables swap to a file.  See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other
notes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapon_label

 int
 guestfs_swapon_label (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *label);

This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.  See
C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_swapon_uuid

 int
 guestfs_swapon_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *uuid);

This command enables swap to a swap partition with the given UUID.  See
C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<linuxfsuuid>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_sync

 int
 guestfs_sync (guestfs_h *g);

This syncs the disk, so that any writes are flushed through to the
underlying disk image.

You should always call this if you have modified a disk image, before
closing the handle.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_syslinux

 int
 guestfs_syslinux (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device,
                   ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_SYSLINUX_DIRECTORY, const char *directory,

Install the SYSLINUX bootloader on C<device>.

The device parameter must be either a whole disk formatted as a FAT
filesystem, or a partition formatted as a FAT filesystem.  In the latter
case, the partition should be marked as "active"
(C<guestfs_part_set_bootable>) and a Master Boot Record must be installed
(eg. using C<guestfs_pwrite_device>) on the first sector of the whole disk.
The SYSLINUX package comes with some suitable Master Boot Records.  See the
L<syslinux(1)> man page for further information.

オプション引数は次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item F<directory>

Install SYSLINUX in the named subdirectory, instead of in the root directory
of the FAT filesystem.

=back

Additional configuration can be supplied to SYSLINUX by placing a file
called F<syslinux.cfg> on the FAT filesystem, either in the root directory,
or under F<directory> if that optional argument is being used.  For further
information about the contents of this file, see L<syslinux(1)>.

C<guestfs_extlinux> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<syslinux>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.21.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_syslinux_va

 int
 guestfs_syslinux_va (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device,
                      va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_syslinux> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_syslinux_argv

 int
 guestfs_syslinux_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        const struct guestfs_syslinux_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_syslinux> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tail

 char **
 guestfs_tail (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

This command returns up to the last 10 lines of a file as a list of strings.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tail_n

 char **
 guestfs_tail_n (guestfs_h *g,
                 int nrlines,
                 const char *path);

If the parameter C<nrlines> is a positive number, this returns the last
C<nrlines> lines of the file C<path>.

If the parameter C<nrlines> is a negative number, this returns lines from
the file C<path>, starting with the C<-nrlines>'th line.

パラメーター C<nrlines> が 0 ならば、空の一覧を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tar_in

 int
 guestfs_tar_in (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *tarfile,
                 const char *directory);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_tar_in_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.0.3 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_tar_in_opts

 int
 guestfs_tar_in_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *tarfile,
                      const char *directory,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_TAR_IN_OPTS_COMPRESS, const char *compress,
 GUESTFS_TAR_IN_OPTS_XATTRS, int xattrs,
 GUESTFS_TAR_IN_OPTS_SELINUX, int selinux,
 GUESTFS_TAR_IN_OPTS_ACLS, int acls,

This command uploads and unpacks local file C<tarfile> into F<directory>.

The optional C<compress> flag controls compression.  If not given, then the
input should be an uncompressed tar file.  Otherwise one of the following
strings may be given to select the compression type of the input file:
C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz>, C<lzop>.  (Note that not all builds
of libguestfs will support all of these compression types).

The other optional arguments are:

=over 4

=item C<xattrs>

If set to true, extended attributes are restored from the tar file.

=item C<selinux>

If set to true, SELinux contexts are restored from the tar file.

=item C<acls>

If set to true, POSIX ACLs are restored from the tar file.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tar_in_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_tar_in_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *tarfile,
                         const char *directory,
                         va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_tar_in_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tar_in_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_tar_in_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *tarfile,
                           const char *directory,
                           const struct guestfs_tar_in_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_tar_in_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tar_out

 int
 guestfs_tar_out (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *directory,
                  const char *tarfile);

This function is provided for backwards compatibility with earlier versions
of libguestfs.  It simply calls L</guestfs_tar_out_opts> with no optional
arguments.

(1.0.3 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_tar_out_opts

 int
 guestfs_tar_out_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *directory,
                       const char *tarfile,
                       ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_COMPRESS, const char *compress,
 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_NUMERICOWNER, int numericowner,
 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_EXCLUDES, char *const *excludes,
 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_XATTRS, int xattrs,
 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_SELINUX, int selinux,
 GUESTFS_TAR_OUT_OPTS_ACLS, int acls,

This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads it to local
file C<tarfile>.

The optional C<compress> flag controls compression.  If not given, then the
output will be an uncompressed tar file.  Otherwise one of the following
strings may be given to select the compression type of the output file:
C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz>, C<lzop>.  (Note that not all builds
of libguestfs will support all of these compression types).

The other optional arguments are:

=over 4

=item C<excludes>

A list of wildcards.  Files are excluded if they match any of the wildcards.

=item C<numericowner>

If set to true, the output tar file will contain UID/GID numbers instead of
user/group names.

=item C<xattrs>

If set to true, extended attributes are saved in the output tar.

=item C<selinux>

If set to true, SELinux contexts are saved in the output tar.

=item C<acls>

If set to true, POSIX ACLs are saved in the output tar.

=back

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tar_out_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_tar_out_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *directory,
                          const char *tarfile,
                          va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_tar_out_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tar_out_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_tar_out_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                            const char *directory,
                            const char *tarfile,
                            const struct guestfs_tar_out_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_tar_out_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tgz_in

 int
 guestfs_tgz_in (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *tarball,
                 const char *directory);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_tar_in> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command uploads and unpacks local file C<tarball> (a I<gzip compressed>
tar file) into F<directory>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tgz_out

 int
 guestfs_tgz_out (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *directory,
                  const char *tarball);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_tar_out> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads it to local
file C<tarball>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_touch

 int
 guestfs_touch (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path);

Touch acts like the L<touch(1)> command.  It can be used to update the
timestamps on a file, or, if the file does not exist, to create a new
zero-length file.

This command only works on regular files, and will fail on other file types
such as directories, symbolic links, block special etc.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_truncate

 int
 guestfs_truncate (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *path);

This command truncates C<path> to a zero-length file.  The file must exist
already.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_truncate_size

 int
 guestfs_truncate_size (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *path,
                        int64_t size);

This command truncates C<path> to size C<size> bytes.  The file must exist
already.

If the current file size is less than C<size> then the file is extended to
the required size with zero bytes.  This creates a sparse file (ie. disk
blocks are not allocated for the file until you write to it).  To create a
non-sparse file of zeroes, use C<guestfs_fallocate64> instead.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tune2fs

 int
 guestfs_tune2fs (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *device,
                  ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_FORCE, int force,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_MAXMOUNTCOUNT, int maxmountcount,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_MOUNTCOUNT, int mountcount,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_ERRORBEHAVIOR, const char *errorbehavior,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_GROUP, int64_t group,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_INTERVALBETWEENCHECKS, int intervalbetweenchecks,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_RESERVEDBLOCKSPERCENTAGE, int reservedblockspercentage,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_LASTMOUNTEDDIRECTORY, const char *lastmounteddirectory,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_RESERVEDBLOCKSCOUNT, int64_t reservedblockscount,
 GUESTFS_TUNE2FS_USER, int64_t user,

This call allows you to adjust various filesystem parameters of an
ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem called C<device>.

オプションのパラメーターは次のとおりです:

=over 4

=item C<force>

Force tune2fs to complete the operation even in the face of errors.  This is
the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-f> option.

=item C<maxmountcount>

Set the number of mounts after which the filesystem is checked by
L<e2fsck(8)>.  If this is C<0> then the number of mounts is disregarded.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-c> option.

=item C<mountcount>

Set the number of times the filesystem has been mounted.  This is the same
as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-C> option.

=item C<errorbehavior>

Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected.  Possible
values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.  In practice
these options don't really make any difference, particularly for write
errors.

This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-e> option.

=item C<group>

Set the group which can use reserved filesystem blocks.  This is the same as
the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-g> option except that it can only be specified as a
number.

=item C<intervalbetweenchecks>

Adjust the maximal time between two filesystem checks (in seconds).  If the
option is passed as C<0> then time-dependent checking is disabled.

This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-i> option.

=item C<reservedblockspercentage>

Set the percentage of the filesystem which may only be allocated by
privileged processes.  This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-m> option.

=item C<lastmounteddirectory>

Set the last mounted directory.  This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-M>
option.

=item C<reservedblockscount> Set the number of reserved filesystem blocks.  This
is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-r> option.

=item C<user>

Set the user who can use the reserved filesystem blocks.  This is the same
as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-u> option except that it can only be specified as a
number.

=back

To get the current values of filesystem parameters, see
C<guestfs_tune2fs_l>.  For precise details of how tune2fs works, see the
L<tune2fs(8)> man page.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.15.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_tune2fs_va

 int
 guestfs_tune2fs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_tune2fs> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tune2fs_argv

 int
 guestfs_tune2fs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       const struct guestfs_tune2fs_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_tune2fs> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_tune2fs_l

 char **
 guestfs_tune2fs_l (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device);

This returns the contents of the ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem superblock on
C<device>.

It is the same as running C<tune2fs -l device>.  See L<tune2fs(8)> manpage
for more details.  The list of fields returned isn't clearly defined, and
depends on both the version of C<tune2fs> that libguestfs was built against,
and the filesystem itself.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings, or NULL if there
was an error.  The array of strings will always have length C<2n+1>, where
C<n> keys and values alternate, followed by the trailing NULL entry.  I<The
caller must free the strings and the array after use>.

(Added in 1.9.2)

=head2 guestfs_txz_in

 int
 guestfs_txz_in (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *tarball,
                 const char *directory);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_tar_in> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command uploads and unpacks local file C<tarball> (an I<xz compressed>
tar file) into F<directory>.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<xz>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_txz_out

 int
 guestfs_txz_out (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *directory,
                  const char *tarball);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_tar_out> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads it to local
file C<tarball> (as an xz compressed tar archive).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<xz>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_umask

 int
 guestfs_umask (guestfs_h *g,
                int mask);

This function sets the mask used for creating new files and device nodes to
C<mask & 0777>.

Typical umask values would be C<022> which creates new files with
permissions like "-rw-r--r--" or "-rwxr-xr-x", and C<002> which creates new
files with permissions like "-rw-rw-r--" or "-rwxrwxr-x".

The default umask is C<022>.  This is important because it means that
directories and device nodes will be created with C<0644> or C<0755> mode
even if you specify C<0777>.

C<guestfs_get_umask>, L<umask(2)>, C<guestfs_mknod>, C<guestfs_mkdir> 参照。

この呼び出しは元の umask を返します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.55 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_umount

 int
 guestfs_umount (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *pathordevice);

この関数は以前のバージョンの libguestfs との後方互換性のために提供されています。単にオプション引数なしで
L</guestfs_umount_opts> を呼び出します。

(0.8 において追加)



=head2 guestfs_umount_opts

 int
 guestfs_umount_opts (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *pathordevice,
                      ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_UMOUNT_OPTS_FORCE, int force,
 GUESTFS_UMOUNT_OPTS_LAZYUNMOUNT, int lazyunmount,

これは与えられたファイルシステムをアンマウントします。ファイルシステムは、そのマウントポイント
(path)、またはファイルシステムを含むデバイスにより指定されます。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_umount_opts_va

 int
 guestfs_umount_opts_va (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *pathordevice,
                         va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_umount_opts> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_umount_opts_argv

 int
 guestfs_umount_opts_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *pathordevice,
                           const struct guestfs_umount_opts_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_umount_opts> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_umount_all

 int
 guestfs_umount_all (guestfs_h *g);

これはマウントされたファイルシステムをすべてアンマウントします。

いくつかの内部マウントはこの呼び出しによりアンマウントされません。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_umount_local

 int
 guestfs_umount_local (guestfs_h *g,
                       ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_UMOUNT_LOCAL_RETRY, int retry,

libguestfs がローカルマウントポイントにあるファイルシステムをエクスポートしているならば、これによりアンマウントされます。

完全なドキュメントは L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> を参照してください。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.17.22 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_umount_local_va

 int
 guestfs_umount_local_va (guestfs_h *g,
                          va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_umount_local> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_umount_local_argv

 int
 guestfs_umount_local_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                            const struct guestfs_umount_local_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_umount_local> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_upload

 int
 guestfs_upload (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *filename,
                 const char *remotefilename);

Upload local file F<filename> to F<remotefilename> on the filesystem.

F<filename> can also be a named pipe.

C<guestfs_download> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_upload_offset

 int
 guestfs_upload_offset (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *filename,
                        const char *remotefilename,
                        int64_t offset);

Upload local file F<filename> to F<remotefilename> on the filesystem.

F<remotefilename> is overwritten starting at the byte C<offset> specified.
The intention is to overwrite parts of existing files or devices, although
if a non-existent file is specified then it is created with a "hole" before
C<offset>.  The size of the data written is implicit in the size of the
source F<filename>.

Note that there is no limit on the amount of data that can be uploaded with
this call, unlike with C<guestfs_pwrite>, and this call always writes the
full amount unless an error occurs.

C<guestfs_upload>, C<guestfs_pwrite> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.5.17 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_user_cancel

 int
 guestfs_user_cancel (guestfs_h *g);

This function cancels the current upload or download operation.

Unlike most other libguestfs calls, this function is signal safe and thread
safe.  You can call it from a signal handler or from another thread, without
needing to do any locking.

The transfer that was in progress (if there is one) will stop shortly
afterwards, and will return an error.  The errno (see
L</guestfs_last_errno>) is set to C<EINTR>, so you can test for this to find
out if the operation was cancelled or failed because of another error.

No cleanup is performed: for example, if a file was being uploaded then
after cancellation there may be a partially uploaded file.  It is the
caller’s responsibility to clean up if necessary.

There are two common places that you might call C<guestfs_user_cancel>:

In an interactive text-based program, you might call it from a C<SIGINT>
signal handler so that pressing C<^C> cancels the current operation.  (You
also need to call C<guestfs_set_pgroup> so that child processes don't
receive the C<^C> signal).

In a graphical program, when the main thread is displaying a progress bar
with a cancel button, wire up the cancel button to call this function.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.11.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_utimens

 int
 guestfs_utimens (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *path,
                  int64_t atsecs,
                  int64_t atnsecs,
                  int64_t mtsecs,
                  int64_t mtnsecs);

このコマンドはファイルのタイムスタンプをナノ秒単位で設定します。

C<atsecs>, C<atnsecs> are the last access time (atime) in secs and
nanoseconds from the epoch.

C<mtsecs>, C<mtnsecs> are the last modification time (mtime) in secs and
nanoseconds from the epoch.

If the C<*nsecs> field contains the special value C<-1> then the
corresponding timestamp is set to the current time.  (The C<*secs> field is
ignored in this case).

If the C<*nsecs> field contains the special value C<-2> then the
corresponding timestamp is left unchanged.  (The C<*secs> field is ignored
in this case).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.77 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_utsname

 struct guestfs_utsname *
 guestfs_utsname (guestfs_h *g);

This returns the kernel version of the appliance, where this is available.
This information is only useful for debugging.  Nothing in the returned
structure is defined by the API.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_utsname *> を返します。エラーが起きた場合 NULL を返します。 I<呼び出し元は使用した後に
C<guestfs_free_utsname> を呼び出す必要があります>。

(1.19.27 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_version

 struct guestfs_version *
 guestfs_version (guestfs_h *g);

プログラムがリンクしている libguestfs バージョン番号を返します。

Note that because of dynamic linking this is not necessarily the version of
libguestfs that you compiled against.  You can compile the program, and then
at runtime dynamically link against a completely different F<libguestfs.so>
library.

This call was added in version C<1.0.58>.  In previous versions of
libguestfs there was no way to get the version number.  From C code you can
use dynamic linker functions to find out if this symbol exists (if it
doesn't, then it’s an earlier version).

The call returns a structure with four elements.  The first three (C<major>,
C<minor> and C<release>) are numbers and correspond to the usual version
triplet.  The fourth element (C<extra>) is a string and is normally empty,
but may be used for distro-specific information.

To construct the original version string: C<$major.$minor.$release$extra>

関連項目: L<guestfs(3)/LIBGUESTFS VERSION NUMBERS>

I<Note:> Don't use this call to test for availability of features.  In
enterprise distributions we backport features from later versions into
earlier versions, making this an unreliable way to test for features.  Use
C<guestfs_available> or C<guestfs_feature_available> instead.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_version *>, or NULL if there was an
error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_version> after use>.

(1.0.58 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vfs_label

 char *
 guestfs_vfs_label (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *mountable);

This returns the label of the filesystem on C<mountable>.

ファイルシステムにラベルが付いていないと、空の文字列が返されます。

ラベルからファイルシステムを検索するには C<guestfs_findfs_label> を使用します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.3.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vfs_minimum_size

 int64_t
 guestfs_vfs_minimum_size (guestfs_h *g,
                           const char *mountable);

Get the minimum size of filesystem in bytes.  This is the minimum possible
size for filesystem shrinking.

If getting minimum size of specified filesystem is not supported, this will
fail and set errno as ENOTSUP.

See also L<ntfsresize(8)>, L<resize2fs(8)>, L<btrfs(8)>, L<xfs_info(8)>.

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(Added in 1.31.18)

=head2 guestfs_vfs_type

 char *
 guestfs_vfs_type (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *mountable);

This command gets the filesystem type corresponding to the filesystem on
C<mountable>.

For most filesystems, the result is the name of the Linux VFS module which
would be used to mount this filesystem if you mounted it without specifying
the filesystem type.  For example a string such as C<ext3> or C<ntfs>.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.75 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vfs_uuid

 char *
 guestfs_vfs_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *mountable);

This returns the filesystem UUID of the filesystem on C<mountable>.

ファイルシステムが UUID を持っていないと、空の文字列を返します。

UUID からファイルシステムを検索するには C<guestfs_findfs_uuid> を使用します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.3.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vg_activate

 int
 guestfs_vg_activate (guestfs_h *g,
                      int activate,
                      char *const *volgroups);

This command activates or (if C<activate> is false) deactivates all logical
volumes in the listed volume groups C<volgroups>.

このコマンドは C<vgchange -a y|n volgroups...> を実行するときと同じです。

Note that if C<volgroups> is an empty list then B<all> volume groups are
activated or deactivated.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vg_activate_all

 int
 guestfs_vg_activate_all (guestfs_h *g,
                          int activate);

This command activates or (if C<activate> is false) deactivates all logical
volumes in all volume groups.

This command is the same as running C<vgchange -a y|n>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgchange_uuid

 int
 guestfs_vgchange_uuid (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *vg);

ランダムな新しい UUID をボリュームグループ C<vg> に対して生成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgchange_uuid_all

 int
 guestfs_vgchange_uuid_all (guestfs_h *g);

すべての物理ボリュームに対する新しいランダムな UUID を生成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgcreate

 int
 guestfs_vgcreate (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *volgroup,
                   char *const *physvols);

これは、物理ボリューム C<physvols> の空ではない一覧から、C<volgroup> という名前の LVM ボリュームグループを作成します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vglvuuids

 char **
 guestfs_vglvuuids (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *vgname);

C<vgname> という VG が指定されると、これはこのボリュームグループに作成されたすべての論理ボリュームの UUID を返します。

You can use this along with C<guestfs_lvs> and C<guestfs_lvuuid> calls to
associate logical volumes and volume groups.

C<guestfs_vgpvuuids> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgmeta

 char *
 guestfs_vgmeta (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *vgname,
                 size_t *size_r);

C<vgname> は LVM ボリュームグループです。このコマンドは、ボリュームグループを検査して、そのメタ情報を返します。

メタ情報は、LVM により使用される内部構造で、いつでも変更を強制され、情報に対してのみ提供されることに注意してください。

This function returns a buffer, or NULL on error.  The size of the returned
buffer is written to C<*size_r>.  I<The caller must free the returned buffer
after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.20 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgpvuuids

 char **
 guestfs_vgpvuuids (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *vgname);

Given a VG called C<vgname>, this returns the UUIDs of all the physical
volumes that this volume group resides on.

You can use this along with C<guestfs_pvs> and C<guestfs_pvuuid> calls to
associate physical volumes and volume groups.

C<guestfs_vglvuuids> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgremove

 int
 guestfs_vgremove (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *vgname);

LVM ボリュームグループ C<vgname> を削除します（例: C<VG>）。

This also forcibly removes all logical volumes in the volume group (if any).

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.13 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgrename

 int
 guestfs_vgrename (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *volgroup,
                   const char *newvolgroup);

ボリュームグループ C<volgroup> の名前を新しい名前 C<newvolgroup> に変更します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.83 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgs

 char **
 guestfs_vgs (guestfs_h *g);

List all the volumes groups detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<vgs(8)> command.

This returns a list of just the volume group names that were detected
(eg. C<VolGroup00>).

C<guestfs_vgs_full> 参照。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgs_full

 struct guestfs_lvm_vg_list *
 guestfs_vgs_full (guestfs_h *g);

List all the volumes groups detected.  This is the equivalent of the
L<vgs(8)> command.  The "full" version includes all fields.

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_lvm_vg_list *>, or NULL if there
was an error.  I<The caller must call C<guestfs_free_lvm_vg_list> after
use>.

This function depends on the feature C<lvm2>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(0.4 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vgscan

 int
 guestfs_vgscan (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> In new code, use the L</guestfs_lvm_scan>
call instead.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This rescans all block devices and rebuilds the list of LVM physical
volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.2 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_vguuid

 char *
 guestfs_vguuid (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *vgname);

このコマンドは C<vgname> という名前の LVM ボリュームグループの UUID を返します。

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.87 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_wait_ready

 int
 guestfs_wait_ready (guestfs_h *g);

I<This function is deprecated.> There is no replacement.  Consult the API
documentation in L<guestfs(3)> for further information.

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This function is a no op.

In versions of the API E<lt> 1.0.71 you had to call this function just after
calling C<guestfs_launch> to wait for the launch to complete.  However this
is no longer necessary because C<guestfs_launch> now does the waiting.

If you see any calls to this function in code then you can just remove them,
unless you want to retain compatibility with older versions of the API.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(0.3 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_wc_c

 int
 guestfs_wc_c (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

このコマンドは C<wc -c> 外部コマンドを使用して、ファイルにある文字数を集計します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_wc_l

 int
 guestfs_wc_l (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

このコマンドは C<wc -l> 外部コマンドを使用して、ファイルにある行数を集計します。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_wc_w

 int
 guestfs_wc_w (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *path);

このコマンドは C<wc -w> 外部コマンドを使用して、ファイルにある単語を数えます。

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.0.54 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_wipefs

 int
 guestfs_wipefs (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *device);

This command erases filesystem or RAID signatures from the specified
C<device> to make the filesystem invisible to libblkid.

これは、ファイルシステム自身を削除しません、また C<device> から他のどんなデータも削除しません。

デバイスの先頭数ブロックにゼロを書き込む C<guestfs_zero> と比較します。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<wipefs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.17.6 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_write

 int
 guestfs_write (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *path,
                const char *content,
                size_t content_size);

This call creates a file called C<path>.  The content of the file is the
string C<content> (which can contain any 8 bit data).

C<guestfs_write_append> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.3.14 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_write_append

 int
 guestfs_write_append (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *path,
                       const char *content,
                       size_t content_size);

この関数は C<content> を C<path> ファイルの最後に追加します。もし C<path> が存在しなければ、新しいファイルが作成されます。

C<guestfs_write> 参照。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

(1.11.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_write_file

 int
 guestfs_write_file (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path,
                     const char *content,
                     int size);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_write> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This call creates a file called C<path>.  The contents of the file is the
string C<content> (which can contain any 8 bit data), with length C<size>.

As a special case, if C<size> is C<0> then the length is calculated using
C<strlen> (so in this case the content cannot contain embedded ASCII NULs).

I<NB.> Owing to a bug, writing content containing ASCII NUL characters does
I<not> work, even if the length is specified.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(0.8 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_xfs_admin

 int
 guestfs_xfs_admin (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *device,
                    ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_EXTUNWRITTEN, int extunwritten,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_IMGFILE, int imgfile,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_V2LOG, int v2log,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_PROJID32BIT, int projid32bit,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_LAZYCOUNTER, int lazycounter,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_LABEL, const char *label,
 GUESTFS_XFS_ADMIN_UUID, const char *uuid,

C<device> において XFS ファイルシステムのパラメーターを変更します。

Devices that are mounted cannot be modified.  Administrators must unmount
filesystems before this call can modify parameters.

Some of the parameters of a mounted filesystem can be examined and modified
using the C<guestfs_xfs_info> and C<guestfs_xfs_growfs> calls.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<xfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.33 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_xfs_admin_va

 int
 guestfs_xfs_admin_va (guestfs_h *g,
                       const char *device,
                       va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_admin> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_xfs_admin_argv

 int
 guestfs_xfs_admin_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                         const char *device,
                         const struct guestfs_xfs_admin_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_admin> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_xfs_growfs

 int
 guestfs_xfs_growfs (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *path,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_DATASEC, int datasec,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_LOGSEC, int logsec,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_RTSEC, int rtsec,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_DATASIZE, int64_t datasize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_LOGSIZE, int64_t logsize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_RTSIZE, int64_t rtsize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_RTEXTSIZE, int64_t rtextsize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_GROWFS_MAXPCT, int maxpct,

C<path> にマウントされた XFS ファイルシステムを拡大します。

The returned struct contains geometry information.  Missing fields are
returned as C<-1> (for numeric fields) or empty string.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<xfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.28 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_xfs_growfs_va

 int
 guestfs_xfs_growfs_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *path,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_growfs> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_xfs_growfs_argv

 int
 guestfs_xfs_growfs_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *path,
                          const struct guestfs_xfs_growfs_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_growfs> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_xfs_info

 struct guestfs_xfsinfo *
 guestfs_xfs_info (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *pathordevice);

C<pathordevice> は、マウントされた XFS ファイルシステム、または XFS
ファイルシステムを含むデバイスです。このコマンドはファイルシステムのジオメトリーを返します。

The returned struct contains geometry information.  Missing fields are
returned as C<-1> (for numeric fields) or empty string.

この関数は C<struct guestfs_xfsinfo *> を返します。エラーが起きた場合 NULL を返します。I<呼び出し元は使用した後に
C<guestfs_free_xfsinfo> を呼び出す必要があります>。

This function depends on the feature C<xfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.21 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_xfs_repair

 int
 guestfs_xfs_repair (guestfs_h *g,
                     const char *device,
                     ...);

You may supply a list of optional arguments to this call.  Use zero or more
of the following pairs of parameters, and terminate the list with C<-1> on
its own.  See L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS>.

 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_FORCELOGZERO, int forcelogzero,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_NOMODIFY, int nomodify,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_NOPREFETCH, int noprefetch,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_FORCEGEOMETRY, int forcegeometry,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_MAXMEM, int64_t maxmem,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_IHASHSIZE, int64_t ihashsize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_BHASHSIZE, int64_t bhashsize,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_AGSTRIDE, int64_t agstride,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_LOGDEV, const char *logdev,
 GUESTFS_XFS_REPAIR_RTDEV, const char *rtdev,

破損または破壊された C<device> の XFS ファイルシステムを修復します。

The filesystem is specified using the C<device> argument which should be the
device name of the disk partition or volume containing the filesystem.  If
given the name of a block device, C<xfs_repair> will attempt to find the raw
device associated with the specified block device and will use the raw
device instead.

Regardless, the filesystem to be repaired must be unmounted, otherwise, the
resulting filesystem may be inconsistent or corrupt.

The returned status indicates whether filesystem corruption was detected
(returns C<1>) or was not detected (returns C<0>).

この関数はエラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<xfs>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.19.36 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_xfs_repair_va

 int
 guestfs_xfs_repair_va (guestfs_h *g,
                        const char *device,
                        va_list args);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_repair> の "va_list variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_xfs_repair_argv

 int
 guestfs_xfs_repair_argv (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *device,
                          const struct guestfs_xfs_repair_argv *optargs);

これは L</guestfs_xfs_repair> の "argv variant" です。

L</CALLS WITH OPTIONAL ARGUMENTS> 参照。

=head2 guestfs_yara_destroy

 int
 guestfs_yara_destroy (guestfs_h *g);

Destroy previously loaded Yara rules in order to free libguestfs resources.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<libyara>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.37.13)

=head2 guestfs_yara_load

 int
 guestfs_yara_load (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *filename);

Upload a set of Yara rules from local file F<filename>.

Yara rules allow to categorize files based on textual or binary patterns
within their content.  See C<guestfs_yara_scan> to see how to scan files
with the loaded rules.

Rules can be in binary format, as when compiled with yarac command, or in
source code format. In the latter case, the rules will be first compiled and
then loaded.

Rules in source code format cannot include external files. In such cases, it
is recommended to compile them first.

Previously loaded rules will be destroyed.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<libyara>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.37.13)

=head2 guestfs_yara_scan

 struct guestfs_yara_detection_list *
 guestfs_yara_scan (guestfs_h *g,
                    const char *path);

Scan a file with the previously loaded Yara rules.

For each matching rule, a C<yara_detection> structure is returned.

The C<yara_detection> structure contains the following fields.

=over 4

=item C<yara_name>

Path of the file matching a Yara rule.

=item C<yara_rule>

Identifier of the Yara rule which matched against the given file.

=back

This function returns a C<struct guestfs_yara_detection_list *>, or NULL if
there was an error.  I<The caller must call
C<guestfs_free_yara_detection_list> after use>.

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

This function depends on the feature C<libyara>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(Added in 1.37.13)

=head2 guestfs_zegrep

 char **
 guestfs_zegrep (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *regex,
                 const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<zegrep> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zegrepi

 char **
 guestfs_zegrepi (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *regex,
                  const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<zegrep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zero

 int
 guestfs_zero (guestfs_h *g,
               const char *device);

This command writes zeroes over the first few blocks of C<device>.

How many blocks are zeroed isn't specified (but it’s I<not> enough to
securely wipe the device).  It should be sufficient to remove any partition
tables, filesystem superblocks and so on.

ブロックデバイスがすでに 0 ならば、このコマンドは 0
を書き込みません。これは、下にあるブロックデバイスが不必要に非スパース化されたり大きくなったりすることを避けるためです。

関連項目: C<guestfs_zero_device>, C<guestfs_scrub_device>,
C<guestfs_is_zero_device>

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.0.16 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zero_device

 int
 guestfs_zero_device (guestfs_h *g,
                      const char *device);

This command writes zeroes over the entire C<device>.  Compare with
C<guestfs_zero> which just zeroes the first few blocks of a device.

ブロックデバイスがすでに 0 ならば、このコマンドは 0
を書き込みません。これは、下にあるブロックデバイスが不必要に非スパース化されたり大きくなったりすることを避けるためです。

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.3.1 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zero_free_space

 int
 guestfs_zero_free_space (guestfs_h *g,
                          const char *directory);

Zero the free space in the filesystem mounted on F<directory>.  The
filesystem must be mounted read-write.

ファイルシステムの内容は影響を受けません。しかし、ファイルシステムにある空き領域はすべて開放されます。

Free space is not "trimmed".  You may want to call C<guestfs_fstrim> either
as an alternative to this, or after calling this, depending on your
requirements.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This long-running command can generate progress notification messages so
that the caller can display a progress bar or indicator.  To receive these
messages, the caller must register a progress event callback.  See
L<guestfs(3)/GUESTFS_EVENT_PROGRESS>.

(1.17.18 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zerofree

 int
 guestfs_zerofree (guestfs_h *g,
                   const char *device);

This runs the I<zerofree> program on C<device>.  This program claims to zero
unused inodes and disk blocks on an ext2/3 filesystem, thus making it
possible to compress the filesystem more effectively.

You should B<not> run this program if the filesystem is mounted.

It is possible that using this program can damage the filesystem or data on
the filesystem.

この関数は、成功のとき 0 を、エラーのとき -1 を返します。

This function depends on the feature C<zerofree>.  See also
L</guestfs_feature_available>.

(1.0.26 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zfgrep

 char **
 guestfs_zfgrep (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *pattern,
                 const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<zfgrep> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zfgrepi

 char **
 guestfs_zfgrepi (guestfs_h *g,
                  const char *pattern,
                  const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

これは外部の C<zfgrep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zfile

 char *
 guestfs_zfile (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *meth,
                const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_file> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This command runs L<file(1)> after first decompressing C<path> using
C<meth>.

C<meth> must be one of C<gzip>, C<compress> or C<bzip2>.

Since 1.0.63, use C<guestfs_file> instead which can now process compressed
files.

この関数は文字列を返します。エラー時は NULL です。 I<呼び出し元は使用後に返された文字列を開放する必要があります>。

(1.0.59 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zgrep

 char **
 guestfs_zgrep (guestfs_h *g,
                const char *regex,
                const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

This calls the external L<zgrep(1)> program and returns the matching lines.

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

=head2 guestfs_zgrepi

 char **
 guestfs_zgrepi (guestfs_h *g,
                 const char *regex,
                 const char *path);

I<この関数は推奨されません。> 新しいコードでは、代わりに L</guestfs_grep> を使用してください。

Deprecated functions will not be removed from the API, but the fact that
they are deprecated indicates that there are problems with correct use of
these functions.

外部 C<zgrep -i> プログラムを呼び出し、一致する行を返します。

This function returns a NULL-terminated array of strings (like
L<environ(3)>), or NULL if there was an error.  I<The caller must free the
strings and the array after use>.

Because of the message protocol, there is a transfer limit of somewhere
between 2MB and 4MB.  See L<guestfs(3)/PROTOCOL LIMITS>.

(1.0.66 において追加)

